Documents of the CCIR

This electronic version (PDF) was scanned by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) Library & Archives Service from an original paper document in the ITU Library & Archives collections.

La présente version électronique (PDF) a été numérisée par le Service de la bibliothèque et des archives de l'Union internationale des télécommunications (UIT) à partir d'un document papier original des collections de ce service.

Esta versión electrónica (PDF) ha sido escaneada por el Servicio de Biblioteca y Archivos de la Unión Internacional de Telecomunicaciones (UIT) a partir de un documento impreso original de las colecciones del Servicio de Biblioteca y Archivos de la UIT.

(ITU) ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺝ (PDF) ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ .ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻼ ً◌

此电子版（ PDF版本）由国际电信联盟（ ITU）图书馆和档案室利用存于该处的纸质文件扫描提供。

Настоящий электронный вариант (PDF) был подготовлен в библиотечно-архивной службе Международного союза электросвязи путем сканирования исходного документа в бумажной форме из библиотечно-архивной службы МСЭ.

Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY

GENEVA, 1963

VOLUME VI

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS REPORTS TO THE PLENARY ASSEMBLY RESOLUTIONS OF A GENERAL NATURE PLACE OF THE Xlth PLENARY ASSEMBLY PARTICIPATION IN THE WORK OF THE C.C.I.R. STUDY GROUPS OF THE C.C.I.R. JOINT STUDY GROUPS LIST OF TEXTS OF THE C.C.I.R. LIST OF DOCUMENTS

Published by the INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION GENEVA, 1964 INTERNATIONAL RADIO CONSULTATIVE COMMITTEE C.C.I.R

Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY

GENEVA, 1963

VOLUME VI

C.C.I.R.

Published by the INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION GENEVA, 1964 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT s ARRANGEMENT OF VOLUMES I TO VII OF THE DOCUMENTS OF THE Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY OF THE C.C.I.R. (Geneva, 1963)

V o l u m e I Emission. Reception. Vocabulary (Sections A, B, K and Study Groups I, II and XIV).

V o l u m e II Propagation (Section G and Study Groups V and VI).

V o l u m e III Fixed and mobile services. Standard-frequencies and time-signals. International monitoring (Sections C, D, H, J and Study Groups III, XIII, VII and VIII).

V o l u m e I V Radio-relay systems. Space-systems and Radioastronomy (Sections F and L and Study Groups IX and IV).

V o l u m e V Sound broadcasting and Television (Section E, Study Groups X, XI and XII and the C.M.T.T.).

V o l u m e V I Resolutions of a general nature. Reports to the Plenary Assembly. List of participants. List of documents in numerical order.

V o l u m e V I I Minutes of the Plenary Meetings.

Note. — To facilitate references, the pagination in the English and French texts is the same. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 5 —

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page LIST OF PARTICIPANTS...... 9

REPORTS SUBMITTED TO THE PLENARY ASSEMBLY: Report by the Director, C.C.I.R...... 35 Report by the Finance Committee...... 73 Report by the Organization Committee...... 81 Report by the Ad Hoc Group on Technical Cooperation...... 87

RESOLUTIONS OF A GENERAL NATURE: Resolution 23: General graphical symbols for telecommunications...... 91 Resolution 24: Organization of C.C.I.R. work and reduction of preparatory documen tation ...... 91 Resolution 25: I.T.U. Technical Assistance...... 94 Resolution 26: Technical apparatus ...... 95 Resolution 27: Bibliographies annexed to C.C.I.R. texts...... 95 Resolution 28: C.C.I.R. texts to be presented to the E.A.R.C., Geneva, 1963 96 Resolution 29: Technical Cooperation ...... 96

PLACE OF THE Xlth PLENARY ASSEMBLY . 101

PARTICIPATION IN THE WORK OF THE C.C.I.R.: Categories of participants...... 105 Financial conditions for participation ...... 105 Procedure ...... 105

STUDY GROUPS OF THE C.C.I.R. AND THE JOINT STUDY GROUPS: C.C.I.R. Study Groups...... 109 Joint Study Group administered by the C.C.I.R. (C.M.T.T.) ...... I ll Joint Study Groups administered by the C.C.I.T.T. (Special Group C and the Plan C om m ittee)...... ' ...... 112

TEXTS OF THE C.C.I.R.: . Definitions...... 115 Numbering ...... 115 List of texts valid at the close of the Xth Plenary Assembly...... 117

LIST OF DOCUMENTS OF THE Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY: Working (white) documents ...... 139 Texts submitted for approval to the Plenary Assembly (pink documents)...... 168 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT LIST OF PARTICIPANTS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

Page A. Officers of the Xth Plenary Assembly ...... 9 B. Administrations: Members of the I.T.U...... 10 O b serv ers...... 26 C. Recognized Private Operating Agencies .... ; . 26 D. International Organizations...... 28 E. Scientific or Industrial Organizations ...... 29 F. Specialized Agencies of the United Nations...... 30 G. International Telecommunication U nion ...... 30 H. Secretariat 31 '

A. OFFICERS OF THE Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY

Chairman Director, C.C.I.R.

Dr. F. N ic o t e r a Dr. E. M e t z l e r Head of the Delegation of Italy Vice-Director, C.C.I.R.

Vice-Chairmen Mr. Leslie W. H a y e s Mr. Hiro U y e d a Head of the Delegation of Japan Secretary Mr. Konrad K o z e o w s k i Mr. Robert V. L in d s e y Head of the Delegation of the Administrative Secretary, C.C.I.R. People’s Republic of Poland Mr. Jose H e r n a n d e z Head of the Delegation of Mexico — 10 —

B. ADMINISTRATIONS MEMBERS OF THE I.T.U.

SAUDI ARABIA Mr. C.M. C a r r o l l (Kingdom of) Postmaster General’s Department MELBOURNE C.2 Head o f Delegation Mr. J.M. D ix o n M r . I. Z a r a i Australian Broadcasting Control Directorate General for P.T.T. MELBOURNE r y a d Mr. E. S a n d b a c h Postmaster General’s Department Delegates MELBOURNE C.2 M r . S . A k k i Mr. M. S t r o h f e l d t Directorate General for P.T.T. Postmaster General’s Department RYAD MELBOURNE C.2 Mr. A.R. D a g h is t a n i Mr. C. W il h e l m Directorate General for P.T.T. Australian Broadcasting Commission RYAD SYDNEY

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC AUSTRIA Head o f Delegation Head o f Delegation Mr. F . H e n n e b e r g Mr. L.J. C a s s in e l l i Direction generate des Postes Secretaria de Comunicaciones et des Telegraphes BUENOS AIRES WIEN I Delegate Delegates F . S c h m i d l Mr. L . C r a v i n o Mr. Secretaria de Comunicaciones Direction generate des Postes BUENOS AIRES et des Telegraphes WIEN I

Dr. G. S k a l a r AUSTRALIA Osterreichischer Rundfunk (Commonwealth of) WIEN IV

Head of Delegation Dr. H. S o b o t k a Radio-Austria A.G. Mr. R.W. T u r n b u l l Postmaster General’s Department WIEN I MELBOURNE C.2 BELGIUM Deputy Head o f Delegation Head o f Delegation

Mr. E.L. B r o o k e r Mr. L. Ros Postmaster General’s Department Regie des Telegraphes et des Telephones MELBOURNE C.2 BRUXELLES III Deputy Head o f Delegation Delegates Mr. P.C.M. B o u c h ie r Mr. E. A p p l e t o n Regie des Telegraphes et des Telephones Overseas Telecommunications Commission BRUXELLES III SYDNEY Delegates Dr. W.G. B a k e r Mr. L. van D e e n e n Ionospheric Prediction Service Radiodiffusion-Television Beige SYDNEY BRUXELLES V

Mr. E.G. B o r a s t o n Mr. E. F l a m m e Department of Supply Regie des Telegraphes et des Telephones MELBOURNE BRUXELLES III — 11 —

M r . P . M a s s a u t CANADA Bell Telephone Head o f Delegation ANTWERPEN Mr. H.J. W il l ia m s o n M r . A. V a n c o i l l i e Department of Transport Regie des Telegraphes et des Telephones OTTAWA BRUXELLES III Deputy Head o f Delegation BIELORU SSI AN SOVIET Mr. W.J. W il s o n SOCIALIST REPUBLIC Department of Transport OTTAWA Head o f Delegation Delegates M r . L. P o d o r s k i Mr. C.J. B r i d g l a n d Ministere des Postes et des Telecommunications Canadian National Telecommunications MINSK TORONTO

BRAZIL Mr. L.G. B u c k Telephone Association of Canada Head o f Delegation MONTREAL 1 Mr. L.M. N e y d a S il v a Mr. E.W. H o r r i g a n Ministere des Affaires etrangeres Department of Transport RIO DE JANEIRO OTTAWA

Delegates Mr. D. J u n g Department of Transport M r . H . D o u r a d o National Council of Telecommunications OTTAWA BRASILIA a n d RIO DE JANEIRO Mr. E. K e l s e y Department of Transport Mr. E.M. H o s a n n a h Permanent Delegation of Brazil OTTAWA GENEVE Mr. D. L o f t u s Department of Transport M r . J. V a l l im Comissao Tecnica de Radio OTTAWA RIO DE JANEIRO Mr. C.H. M c G u i r e Telephone Association of Canada Dr. J.A. W lLTGEN Companhia Telefonica Brasileira MONTREAL 1 RIO DE JANEIRO Mr. J.H. M e e k Department of Transport BULGARIA OTTAWA (People’s Republic of) Mr. R.E. M o o n e y Head o f Delegation Department of Transport OTTAWA Mr. M. V e l k o v Ministere du Transport et des Communications Mr. J.C.R. P u n c h a r d Department of Transport SOFIA OTTAWA

Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. W.A.C. S c h u l t z Department of Transport M r . I. T r if o n o v Ministere du Transport et des Communications OTTAWA SOFIA Mr. A.G.W. T im m e r s Department of Transport Delegates OTTAWA

M r . I. K a l o i a n o v Mr. B.R. T u p p e r Ministere du Transport et des Communications Telephone Association of Canada SOFIA MONTREAL 1

M r . A.N. B r a t a n o v Mr. J.E. W il s o n Ministere du Transport et des Communications Department of Transport SOFIA OTTAWA — 12 —

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC CONGO (Republic of) (Represented by the Equatorial Post (Brazzaville) and Telecommunications Office) (Represented by the Equatorial Post Head o f Delegation and Telecommunications Office) Head o f Delegation Mr. F. S c h o e l l e r Office equatorial des Postes et Mr. F. S c h o e l l e r T elecommunications Office equatorial des Postes et BRAZZAVILLE T elecommunications BRAZZAVILLE Delegate Delegate Mr. M. N t s ib a Office equatorial des Postes et Mr. M. N t s ib a T elecommunications Office equatorial des Postes et BRAZZAVILLE T elecommunications BRAZZAVILLE CEYLON Head o f Delegation CONGO (Republic of the) (Leopoldville) Mr. D.P. J a y a s e k a r a Post and Telecommunications Department Head o f Delegation C . K i b o n g e COLOMBO 3 Mr. Service des Telecommunications Mr. T. K ulanthaivelu LEOPOLDVILLE Overseas Telecommunication Service COLOMBO Deputy Head o f Delegation CHINA Mr. G. B r i d o u x Service des Telecommunications Head o f Delegation LEOPOLDVILLE Mr. Y.S. Yu Directorate General of Telecommunications KOREA (Republic of) TAIPEI, TAIWAN Head o f Delegation Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. H.B. L e e Mr. T.V. Miao Permanent Delegation of the Directorate General of Telecommunications Republic of Korea TAIPEI, TAIWAN GENEVE Delegates Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. Y. C h a n g Directorate General of Telecommunications Mr. C.W. Pak Minister of Communications TAIPEI, TAIWAN SEOUL Mr. K.P. L i a n g Directorate General of Telecommunications Delegate TAIPEI, TAIWAN Mr. J.S. C h o y COLOMBIA Minister of Communications (Republic of) SEOUL Head o f Delegation IVORY COAST (Republic of the) Mr. E. Arango Permanent Delegation of the Republic (Represented by the Delegation of the) of Colombia Republic of the Niger) GENEVE DENMARK Delegate Head o f Delegation Mr. V. G o n z a l e z Permanent Delegation of the Republic Mr. G. P e d e r s e n of Colombia General Direction of Posts and Telegraphs GENEVE K0BENHAVN — 13 —

Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. J.M. V a z q u e z Q u i n t a n a Compania Telefonica Nacional M r . B. N ie l s e n General Direction of Posts and Telegraphs MADRID K0BENHAVN UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Delegates Head o f Delegation C h r is t e n s e n Mr. P. Dr. A.L. L e b e l Radioingenioertjenesten Department of State K0BENHAVN WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Mr. F.D. H e e g a a r d Deputy Head o f Delegation Danmarks Radio K0BENHAVN Mr. E.W. A l l e n Federal Communications Comission M r . H. L a u r s e n General Direction of Posts and Telegraphs WASHINGTON 25, D.C. K0BENHAVN Delegates

M r . I. L o e n b e r g N ie l s e n Dr. D.K. B a il e y General Direction of Posts and Telegraphs Chairman, Study Group VI K0BENHAVN National Bureau of Standards b o u l d e r , Colorado

GROUP OF TERRITORIES Mr. C.A. B r o o k s REPRESENTED Federal Aviation Agency BY THE FRENCH OVERSEAS POST WASHINGTON 25, D.C. AND TELECOMMUNICATION AGENCY * Mr. R.D. C a m p b e l l Delegate American Telephone & Telegraph Company NEW YORK 7, N.Y. M r . G. A u n e v e u x Bureau d’Etudes des Postes et Mr. F.B. D u n c a n Telecommunications d’Outre-Mer U.S. Coast Guard PARIS WASHINGTON 25, D.C.

SPAIN Mr. H. F in e Federal Communications Commission Head o f Delegation WASHINGTON 25, D.C.

M r . I. M ir o Mr. W.D. G e o r g e Direction General de Radiodifusion National Bureau of Standards y Television b o u l d e r , Colorado MADRID Dr. J.P. H a g e n Pennsylvania State University Deputy Heads o f Delegation UNIVERSITY PARK, Pa. Dr. J .M . A r t o M a d r a z o Mr. G.W. H a y d o n Direction General de Radiodifusion National Bureau of Standards y Television b o u l d e r , Colorado MADRID Mr. J.W. H e r b s t r e it Mr. P. M a f f e i C a r b a l l o National Bureau of Standards Direction General de Correos b o u l d e r , Colorado y Telecomunicacion MADRID Mr. G. J a c o b s U.S. Information Agency Delegates WASHINGTON 25, D.C.

Mr. C. G o r o z a r r i Mr. H.L. K a s s e n s Ministerio del Aire Federal Communications Commission MADRID WASHINGTON 25, D.C.

Mr. J.M. L o p e z Mas Miss J.V. L in c o l n Sociedad Espanola de Radiodifusion National Bureau of Standards MADRID b o u l d e r , Colorado — 14 —

M r . W.M. M a r k o w it z Mr. A. Prose W a l k e r U.S. Naval Observatory Chairman, Study Group X WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Collins Radio Co. D a l l a s , Texas M r . W . M a s o n Radio Corporation of America Mr. W .H . W a t k i n s NEW YORK 4, N.Y. Federal Communications Commission WASHINGTON 25, D.C. M r . J. M c N a u l U.S. Army Satellite Communications Agency Mr. H .E . W e p p l e r American Telephone & Telegraph Company FORT MONMOUTH, N.J. NEW YORK 7, N.Y.

M r . S.M. M y e r s Mr. F. W lCKENKAMP Federal Communications Commission Federal Communications Commission WASHINGTON 25, D.C. WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Mr. K.A. N o r t o n Advisers National Bureau of Standards b o u l d e r , Colorado Mr. W.G. Carter Department of State M r . P . P r i c e WASHINGTON 25, D.C. National Aeronautics & Space Administration (N.A.S.A.) Mr. D.S. R a u Radio Corporation of America WASHINGTON 25, D.C. NEW YORK 4, N.Y. M r . E . R e c h t in Jet Propulsion Laboratory Secretariat to the Delegation p a s a d e n a , California Mr. J. F u e s s Department of State Mr. P.L. R ic e WASHINGTON 25, D.C. C.R.P.L. National Bureau of Standards Miss H . H a n g e m a n o l e WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Department of State WASHINGTON 25, D.C. M r . W .K . R o b e r t s Federal Communications Commission Mrs. B.M. S t e v e n s Department of State WASHINGTON 25, D.C. WASHINGTON 25, D.C. D r . E .K . S m it h Vice-Chairman, Study Group VI ETHIOPIA National Bureau of Standards b o u l d e r , Colorado Head o f Delegation

Mr. B. A d m a s s i e M r . F.B. S m it h National Aeronautics & Space Administration Imperial Board of Telecommunications (N.A.S.A.) ADDIS ABABA l a n g l e y f i e l d , Virginia Delegate

Mr. V.G. S t i n g l e y Mr. B. D e s t a , Department of State Imperial Board of Telecommunications WASHINGTON 25, D.C. ADDIS ABABA

Mr. G.S. T u r n e r FINLAND Chairman, Study Group VIII Federal Communications Commission Head o f Delegation WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Mr. E . H e in o Posti-ja Lennatinhallitus M r . A. V a d a s z Department of State HELSINKI WASHINGTON 25, D.C. Deputy Head o f Delegation

Mr. J.P. V e a t c h M r . T.V.G. K y t o n i e m i RCA Frequency Bureau Posti-ja Lennatinhallitus WASHINGTON 4, D.C. HELSINKI 15 —

Delegates Mr. A. D u b e c Federation Nationale des Industries Mr. S.A. L o u n a s t o r m a Electroniques (F.N.I.E.) Yleisradio PARIS xvie HELSINKI Mr. Y. F a r g e t t e Mr. K. S a in io Direction des Services Radioelectriques Finnish Broadcasting Co. PARIS xive HELSINKI Mr. R. G e n e v e Laboratoire d’Electronique et de FRANCE Physique Appliquee PARIS xxe Head o f Delegation Mr. K. G il a b e r t Mr. Y. P l a c e Telecommunications Radioelectriques Vice-Chairman, Study Group II et Telephoniques (T.R.T.) Direction generate des Postes et PARIS xxe Telecommunications Mr. L. G o u s s o t PARIS VIIe Radiodiffusion-T elevision Frangaise PARIS xvie Delegates Mr. P. H a l l e y Mr. C. Akrich C.N.E.T. Radiodiffusion-Television Frangaise s a c l a y (Seine-et-Oise) PARIS xvie Miss M. H u e t Prof. Y. Angel Radiodiffusion-T elevision Frangaise Chairman, C.M.T.T. PARIS xvie Conservatoire National des Arts et Metiers Mr. S. L a c h a r n a y PARIS m e Radiodiffusion-T elevision Frangaise Mr. F. A n g u e r a PARIS xvie

Radiodiffusion-Television Frangaise Mr. J. L a m a r c h e PARIS xvie Office de Cooperation Radiophonique (OCORA) Mr. J. B a t t e s t i Direction generate des Postes et PARIS IXe Telecommunications Mr. A. L a u r e n s p a r is vne Telecommunications Radioelectriques et Telephoniques (T.R.T.) Mr. H. B e r t h o d PARIS xxe Radiodiffusion-Television Frangaise PARIS x v i e Mr. L. L is im a q u e Administration Frangaise Mr. J. Bes b o u l o g n e - billancourt (Seine) Direction generate des Postes et T elecommunications Colonel J. L o c h a r d p a r is v n e Chairman, Study Group I Comite de Coordination des Mr. L. B o it h ia s Telecommunications (C.C.T.) C.N.E.T. PARIS v n e is s y - l e s - m o u l i n e a u x (Seine) Mr. H. M a r t in Mr. P.B.F. D a v i d Direction generate des Postes et Chairman, Study Group II T elecommunications Direction generate des Postes et PARIS VIIe Telecommunications Mr. P. M is m e p a r is v n e C.N.E.T. is s y - l e s - m o u l in e a u x (Seine) M. B. D e c a u x Chairman, Study Group VII Mr. M. O l iv ie r C.N.E.T. Compagnie Frangaise Thomson Houston b a g n e u x (Seine) PARIS v m e — 16 —

Mr. P. O t t e n h e i m e r de G a i l GHANA Le Materiel Telephonique (L.M.T.) Head o f Delegation b o u l o g n e -billancourt (Seine) Mr. J.A. E s h u n Mr. J. P o l o n s k y Department of Posts and Telecommunications Federation Nationale des Industries ACCRA Electroniques (F.N.I.E.) PARIS x v i e GUINEA Mr. A. POUYFERRIE (Republic of) Radiodiffusion-Television Frangaise Head o f Delegation PARIS xvie Mr. O. Sow Mr. M. R emy Office National des Postes et Radiodiffusion-Television Frangaise T elecommunications PARIS x v i e CONAKRY Mr. F. T h a b a r d Deputy Head o f Delegation Direction generate des Postes et T elecommunications Mr. K.K. F o f a n a p a r is v n e Office National des Postes et Telecommunications Mr. M. T h u e CONAKRY C.N.E.T. is s y -l e s - m o u l in e a u x (Seine) HUNGARIAN PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC Mr. J. V e r r e e C.N.E.T. Head o f Delegation is s y -l e s - m o u l in e a u x (Seine) Mr. L. H o r v a t h Departement des Postes Mr. R. V il l e n e u v e Chairman, Study Group XIV BUDAPEST xn C.N.E.T. Delegates is s y -l e s - m o u l in e a u x (Seine) Mr. R. K e r p e l M r . J. V o g e Magyar Radio es Televizio C.N.E.T. BUDAPEST is s y -l e s - m o u l in e a u x (Seine) Dr. A. L o r i n c z y Experts Departement des Postes Mr. J. F a g o t BUDAPEST XII Compagnie Generate de Telegraphie sans Fil (C.S.F.) INDIA PARIS v m e (Republic of)

Mr. G. R o g e r Head o f Delegation Centre de Recherches de la Compagnie Mr. K.R.K. I y e n g a r Generate d’Electricite Acting Chairman, Study Group XII m a r c o u s s is (Seine-et-Oise) Ministry of Transport & Communications NEW DELHI 2 GABON REPUBLIC (Represented by the Equatorial Post Deputy Head o f Delegation and Telecommunications Office) Mr. M.K. B a s u Head o f Delegation Ministry of Transport & Communications NEW DELHI 2 Mr. F. S c h o e l l e r Office equatorial des Postes et Telecommunications INDONESIA BRAZZAVILLE (Republic of) Delegate Head o f Delegation Mr. M. N t s ib a Mr. M. J u n u s Office equatorial des Postes et General Direction of Posts and Telecommunications T elecommunications BRAZZAVILLE BANDUNG 17 —

Delegate Mr. F. C a r a s s a Politecnico di Milano M r . R o l l in General Direction of Posts and MILANO Telecommunications Mr. A. C a r u s o BANDUNG Ministero delle Poste e delle T elecomunicazioni IRAN ROMA

Head o f Delegation Mr. E. C a s t e l l i Radiotelevisione Italiana (RAI) M r . K. M o t a m e d i Direction generate des Telecommunications ROMA TEHERAN / Mr. P. C h ie s a Marconi Italiana IRELAND GENOVA

Head o f Delegation Mr. C. E g id i Istituto Elettrotecnico Nazionale Mr. W. D ain Galileo Ferraris (IENGF) Department of Posts and Telegraphs TORINO DUBLIN 1 Mr. A. F e r r a r i-T o n io l o Delegate Vice-Chairman, Study Group XIV Mr. T. O ’D a l a ig h Istituto Superiore delle Poste e delle Department of Posts and Telegraphs Telecomunicazioni DUBLIN 1 ROMA

ICELAND Mr. S. L e s c h iu t t a Istituto Elettrotecnico Nazionale Head o f Delegation Galileo Ferraris (IENGF) TORINO M r . S. T h o r k e l s s o n General Direction of Posts and Telegraphs Mr. A. N i u t t a REYKJAVIK Rateable ROMA

ITALY Mr. G. P e t r o n c in i Face Standard Head o f Delegation MILANO Dr. F. N ic o t e r a Professor I. R a n z i Ministero delle Poste e delle Chairman, Study Group IV T elecomunicazioni Istituto Superiore delle Poste e delle ROMA Telecomunicazioni Delegates ROMA

M r . A . A s c io n e Mr. G. R ie t t o Istituto Superiore delle Poste e delle Istituto Elettrotecnico Nazionale T elecomunicazioni Galileo Ferraris (IENGF) ROMA TORINO

Mr. L. B e r n a r d i Mr. P. S o a r d o Ministero delle Poste e delle Istituto Elettrotecnico Nazionale T elecomunicazioni Galileo Ferraris (IENGF) ROMA TORINO

M r . G. B r o n z i Mr. C. T e r z a n i Ministero delle Poste e delle Radiotelevisione Italiana (RAI) Telecomunicazioni ROMA ROMA Expert M r . F. C a p p u c c i n i Istituto Superiore delle Poste e delle Mr. G. B ia n c o n i Telecomunicazioni Societa Finanziaria Telefonica (STET) ROMA ROMA — 18 —

JAPAN j/Mr. N. Y a n a s e National Association of Commercial Head o f Delegation Broadcasters in Japan (N.M.R.) Mr. H. U y e d a TOKYO Ministry of Posts & Telecommunications Mr. D. Y o k o i TOKYO Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corp. (N.T.T.) Deputy Head o f Delegation TOKYO Mr. S. F u j ik i JORDAN Ministry of Posts & Telecommunications (Hashemite Kingdom of) TOKYO Head o f Delegation Delegates Mr. D. A b u G h a z a l e h M r . K . A n d o Ministry of Communications Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corp. AMMAN (N.T.T.) Delegates TOKYO Mr. M. A r a f a t Mr. T. F u k a m i Ministry of Communications Nippon Electric Co. Ltd. AMMAN TOKYO Mr. K. S a m a w i Mr. Y . F u r u h a s h i Ministry of Communications Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co. (K.D.D.) AMMAN TOKYO Mr. H. S h a w e e s h Mr. T. H a y a s h i Ministry of Communications National Association of Commercial Broadcasters in Japan (N.M.R.) AMMAN TOKYO KUWAIT Mr. S. K ANAYA f Head o f Delegation Overseas Radio and Cable System Co. TOKYO Mr. K.A. R a z z a k Ministry of Posts' Telegraphs & Telephones Mr. T. K u r i m u r a Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co. (K.D.D.) KUWAIT TOKYO Delegates

M r . Y . M a k it a Mr. A.A. A l s a a d o o n Nippon Hoso Kyokai (N.H.K.) Ministry of Posts, Telegraphs & Telephones TOKYO KUWAIT

M r . T . M a s u d a Mr. A.Y . K h a l il Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corp. Ministry of Posts, Telegraphs & Telephones (N.T.T.) KUWAIT TOKYO

M r . S . M ik i MALAYSIA Nippon Hoso Kyokai (N.H.K.) Head o f Delegation TOKYO Mr. H. Z a h a r i M r . K . M iy a Telecommunications Headquarters Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co. (K.D.D.) KUALA LUMPUR TOKYO Delegates D r . S . N a m b a Vice-Chairman, Study Group III Mr. E. T h ir u n a m a m Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co. (K.D.D.) Telecommunications Headquarters TOKYO KUALA LUMPUR

Mr. K. T a k e u c h i Mr. M.H. W a h a b Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co. (K.D.D.) Telecommunications Headquarters TOKYO KUALA LUMPUR — 19 —

MOROCCO Delegate (Kingdom of) Mr. T. F o r b e r g . Head o f Delegation Telegrafstyret OSLO Mr. M. A o u d Ministere des Postes, Telegraphes et Telephones Experts RABAT Mr. C. B r a m b a n i Elektrisk Bureau, MEXICO OSLO

Head o f Delegation Mr. B. S t a n d a l

M r . J. H e r n a n d e z Nera Bergen A/S Direction General de Telecomunicaciones MINDE pr. BERGEN MEXICO, D.F.. NEW ZEALAND MONACO Head o f Delegation Head o f Delegation Mr. D.C. R o se M r . G. S o l a m it o General Post Office Gouvernement Princier WELLINGTON MONACO-VILLE Deputy Head o f Delegation Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. P.L. H o l l o w a y General Post Office M r . J. B r u n s c h w i g WELLINGTON Service des Relations exterieures MONACO-VILLE Delegate Mr. J.P. C a r t e r NIGER New Zealand Broadcasting Corporation (Republic of the) WELLINGTON Head o f Delegation PAKISTAN M r . R. M e t a y e r Ministere des Postes et Telecommunications Head o f Delegation NIAMEY Mr. A. H a m i d Pakistan Telegraph and Telephone Department NIGERIA KARACHI (Federation of) Deputy Head o f Delegation Head o f Delegation Mr. S.A. S a t h a r Mr. I.O. L a s o d e Pakistan Telegraph and Telephone Department Ministry of Communications KARACHI LAGOS Delegates Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. B. A h m a d Radio Pakistan Mr. C.O. N ri KARACHI Ministry of Communications LAGOS Mr. A.-N. F a i z i Pakistan Telegraph and Telephone Department NORWAY KARACHI

Head o f Delegation Mr. S.N. R a h im Pakistan Telegraph and Telephone Department M r . N .J . S o b e r g Vice-Chairman, Study Group XIII KARACHI Telegrafstyret NETHERLANDS OSLO (Kingdom of the) Deputy Head o f Delegation Head o f Delegation M r . P. M o r t e n s e n Mr. A.D.J. U u r b a n u s Telegrafstyret P.T.T. Headquarters OSLO ’S GRAVENHAGE 20 —

' Deputy Head o f Delegation PERU

Dr. H.C.A. v a n D u u r e n Head o f Delegation Chairman, Study Group III M r . M . C o l in a P.T.T. Headquarters Junta Permanente Nacional de ’S GRAVENHAGE „ T elecomunicaciones Delegates LIMA

Mr. P. B o u k e m a Delegate P.T.T. Headquarters Mr. J. B a r r e d a ’S GRAVENHAGE Junta Permanente National de Mr. J.C. Dito Telecomunicaciones P.T.T. Headquarters l i m a ' ’S GRAVENHAGE POLAND Mr. D .J . v a n D o o r n in c k (People’s Republic of) P.T.T. Headquarters Head o f Delegation ’S GRAVENHAGE M r . K. K o z l o w s k i Mr. M.C. E n n e n Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications P.T.T. Headquarters WARSZAWA ’S GRAVENHAGE

D r . J.J. G e l u k Deputy Head o f Delegation Netherlands Broadcasting Union Mr. L. K ^ d z i e r s k i HILVERSUM Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Mr. E. G o l d s t e r n WARSZAWA N.V. Philips’ Telecommunicatie Industrie Delegates HILVERSUM Mr. Z. K o s s a k o w s k i Dr. J. H a a n t j e s Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Philips Research Laboratories WARSZAWA EINDHOVEN Prof. S.. R y z k o M r . H.J. K r a m e r Vice-Chairman, Study Group I N.V. Philips’ Telecommunicatie Industrie Politechnika Warszawska HILVERSUM WARSZAWA Mr. L. K rul P.T.T. Headquarters PORTUGAL ’S GRAVENHAGE Head o f Delegation M r . F. M a a r l e v e l d P.T.T. Headquarters Mr. M. A m a r o V ie ir a ’S GRAVENHAGE Vice-Chairman, Study Group VIII Direcgao dos Servigos Radioelectricos M r . F.R. N e u b a u e r P.T.T. Headquarters LISBOA 1 ’S GRAVENHAGE Delegates

Mr. G. R a d s t a k e Mr. A.A. Areias P.T.T. Headquarters Direcgao dos Servigos Radioelectricos ’S GRAVENHAGE LISBOA 1

Dr. F.L\H.M. S t u m p e r s Mr. J.M. B r a z M a c h a d o Philips Research Laboratories Direcgao dos Servigos Radioelectricos EINDHOVEN LISBOA 1

Mr. J.J. V o r m e r Mr. R. F e r r e ir a d o A m a r a l P.T.T. Headquarters Direcgao dos Servigos Radioelectricos ’S GRAVENHAGE LISBOA 1

Mr. K. V r e d e n b r e g t M r . I. S e r r a e C o s t a P.T.T. Headquarters Direcgao da Arma de Transmissoes ’S GRAVENHAGE LISBOA — 21 —

UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC Dr. J. G r o s s k o p f Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Head o f Delegation DARMSTADT Mr. A. S h e r if Dr. F. G u t z m a n n Telecommunications Organization Institut fiir Rundfunktechnik CAIRO HAMBURG 13

Deputy Head o f Delegation Mr. J. H erz Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt M r . A . A b u -K a n d e e l The General Egyptian Establishment for DARMSTADT Broadcasting and Television Mr. R. H o f f m a n n CAIRO Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT

FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY M r . H . H o p f Head o f Delegation Institut fiir Rundfunktechnik MUNCHEN Dr. W. K r o n j a g e r Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Dr. H. K o st e r s DARMSTADT Institut fur Rundfunktechnik HAMBURG 13 Deputy Head o f Delegation Dr. H. M a h r Dr. R. K a is e r Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT DARMSTADT Mr. U. M o h r Delegates Bundesministerium fur das Post- und Fernmeldewesen Mr. W. A r e n s BONN Siemens und Halske A.G. MUNCHEN 25 D r . J. M u l l e r Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Dr. B. B e c k m a n n DARMSTADT Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT D r . E. P r o k o t t Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Mr. R. B i n z DARMSTADT Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT Dr. H. R in d f l e is c h Vice-Chairman, Study Group X Mr. W. B r u c h Norddeutscher Rundfunk Telefunken GmbH HAMBURG 13 HANNOVER Mr. A. S c h a d l ic h Mr. G. B r u h l Telefunken GmbH Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT BACKNANG M r . G. S c h u t t Dr. H. C a r l Standard Elektrik Lorenz Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT STUTTGART-ZUFFENHAUSEN

M r . S t e id l e Mr. E. D ie t r i c h W.-E, Chairman, Study Group IX Deutsche Betriebsgesellschaft fiir drahtlose Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Telegrafie mbH (DEBEG) DARMSTADT HAMBURG 11

Mr. R. D i n g e l d e y Dr. K. V o g t Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt DARMSTADT DARMSTADT

Mr. E. F r o m m e r Dr. H. W e r r m a n n Fernmeldetechnisches Zentralamt Siemens und Halske A.G. DARMSTADT MUNCHEN 25 — 22 —

Advisers UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN Dr. F. von R a u t e n f e l d Norddeutscher Rundfunk AND NORTHERN IRELAND HAMBURG 13 Head o f Delegation Dr. H. S c h ie s s e r Capt. C.F: B o o t h Institut fur Rundfunktechnik General Post Office ■ HAMBURG 13 LONDON, E.C.l D r . W . S t e p p Institut fiir Rundfunktechnik Delegates HAMBURG 13 y Mr. W.N. A n d e r s o n Independent Television Authority YUGOSLAVIA LONDON, S.W.3 (Federal Socialist Republic of) / Mr. P.A.T. B e v a n Independent Television Authority Head o f Delegation LONDON, S.W.3

Mr. R. V a s il j e v ic Mr. W.J. B r a y Direction of Radiocommunications General Post Office BEOGRAD LONDON, E.C.l Delegate Mr. G.H.M. G l e a d l e Chairman, Study Group XIII M r . A . W e d a m General Post Office Direction of Radiocommunications LONDON, E.C.l BEOGRAD M r . G . G r a h a m British Broadcasting Corporation UKRANIAN SOVIET LONDON, w .i SOCIALIST REPUBLIC /M r. H.L. H a y w a r d Head o f Delegation Cable & Wireless Ltd. LONDON, W.C.l Mr. V. S a v a n t s h o u k Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Mr. F. H o r n e r KIEV Radio Research Station s l o u g h , Bucks.

RUMANIAN PEOPLE’S Mr. W.W.L. H o r w o o d REPUBLIC Royal Aircraft Establishment farnborough , Hants. Head o f Delegation y Mr. B.B. Ja c o b s e n Mr. M. G r ig o r e International Marine Radio Company Ministry of Transports and h a r l o w , Essex Telecommunications Mr. J.K.S. J o w e t t b u c u r e §t i General Post Office Delegates LONDON, E.C.l Mr. T. K i l v in g t o n Mr. B. I o n it a Ministry of Transports and General Post Office T elecommunications LONDON, E.C.l BUCURE§TI Dr. N.W.J. L e w is Post Office Research Station Mr. P. P o s t e l n ic u Ministry of Transports and LONDON, N.W .ll T elecommunications Mr. D.C. M a s t e r s BUCURE§TI General Post Office LONDON, E.C.l Mr. A . S p a t a r u . Ministry of Transports and Dr. R.D.A. M a u r i c e Telecommunications B.B.C. Research Department b u c u r e §t i t a d w o r t h , Surrey — 23 —

M r . G.J. M c D o n a l d Mr. S.G. Y o u n g Marconi International Marine Company General Post Office CHELMSFORD, E ssex LONDON, E.C.l

Mr. D. B r o h ie r M r . F.C. M c L e a n British Broadcasting Corporation Singapore Government Sin g a p o r e , Malaysia LONDON, w.i Advisers Mr. J.H.H. M e r r im a n Vice-Chairman, Study Group IX Mr. T.H. C l o u d Electronic Engineering Association General Post Office LONDON, w .i LONDON, E.C.2 Mr. E.M. H i c k i n M r . G. M i l l i n g t o n Electronic Engineering Association Marconi International Marine Company LONDON, w .i CHELMSFORD, E ssex Mr. H.D. H y a m s o n Mr. P.A.C. Morris Electronic Engineering Association Cable & Wireless Ltd. LONDON, w .i LONDON, w .c.i Mr. K.I. J o n e s

M r . L.J. N ic k e l s British Radio Equipment Manufacturers International Marine Radio Company Association (B.R.E.M.A.) LONDON, W.C.2 LONDON, w.c.i Mr. E.P. W e t h e y M r . G.E. P a r t i n g t o n British Radio Equipment Manufacturers Marconi International Marine Company Association (B.R.E.M.A.) CHELMSFORD, E ssex LONDON, W.C.I M r . K.W. P e a r s o n Secretariat o f the Delegation International Marine Radio Company Mr. E. C r o w s o n h a r l o w , Essex General Post Office Dr. A.R.A. R e n d a l l LONDON, E.C.l

British Broadcasting Corporation Mr. M.T. B l ic k LONDON, w .i Foreign Office (Conference & Supply Department) Dr. J.A. S a x t o n Radio Research Station LONDON, s.w.i s l o u g h , Bucks. Miss B. C h a p l i n Foreign Office Colonel I. St. Q. S e v e r in (Conference & Supply Department) Ministry of Defence LONDON, s.w.i LONDON, s.w.i SOUTH AFRICA Dr. R .L . S m it h -R o se Chairman, Study Group V. (Republic of) AND TERRITORY OF b a n s t e d , Surrey SOUTH-WEST AFRICA Mr. J.M. S t e e l e Head o f Delegation National Physical Laboratory Mr. A. B ir r e l l t e d d i n g t o n , Middlesex General Post Office Mr. L.F. T a g h o l m PRETORIA B.B.C. Research Department Deputy Head o f Delegation t a d w o r t h , Surrey Mr. P. van T o n d e r M r . L.W. T u r n e r General Post Office British Broadcasting Corporation PRETORIA LONDON, w .i Delegates

M r . D .E . W a t t -C a r t e r Mr. A. de Jo n g General Post Office South African Broadcasting Corporation LONDON, E.C.l JOHANNESBURG — 24 —

Mr. J. VOLLMER Mr. H. B r u n n e r South African Broadcasting Corporation Direction des Telephones JOHANNESBURG GENEVE

Mr. J. D u f o u r SWEDEN Direction generate des P.T.T. Head o f Delegation BERNE

M r . E . E s p i n g Mr. W. E b e r t Chairman, Study Group XI Direction generate des P.T.T. Royal Board of Telecommunications BERNE STOCKHOLM 16 Mr. M. F ie c h t e r Direction generate des P.T.T. Deputy Head o f Delegation BERNE M r . S. G e je r Dr. W. G e r b e r Royal Board of Telecommunications Direction generate des P.T.T. STOCKHOLM 16 BERNE

Delegates Mr. J. H u r s c h l e r M r . G.R. B e r g l u n d Radio-Suisse S.A. Royal Board of Telecommunications BERNE STOCKHOLM 16 Mr. H.A. K ie f f e r M r . L. H a n s s o n Direction generate des P.T.T. Royal Board of Telecommunications BERNE STOCKHOLM 16 Mr. F. de L o r io l M r . B.A. R o h d i n Radio-Suisse S.A. Royal Board of Telecommunications BERNE STOCKHOLM 16 Mr. F. S c h m i d l In Mr. A.-W. W o l f f Direction generate des P.T.T. Royal Board of Telecommunications BERNE STOCKHOLM 16 Mr. P. H. W e r n e r Direction generate des P.T.T. SWISS BERNE CONFEDERATION Mr. E. W ey M r . A. W e t t s t e in Direction generate des P.T.T. President of the General Direction BERNE of Swiss P.T.T. BERNE Adviser Head o f Delegation Mr. H. S t e i n m a n n Administration federate Mr. W. K l e i n 1 BERNE Vice-Chairman, Study Group IV Direction generate des P.T.T. Observer BERNE Mr. F. Z u b e r Deputy Head o f Delegation Radio-Geneve, GENEVE Mr. K. B e r n a t h Direction generate des P.T.T. CHAD BERNE (Republic of the) Delegates Represented by the Equatorial Post and Telecommunications Office M r . A c k e r Direction generate des P.T.T. Head o f Delegation BERNE Mr. F. S c h o e l l e r n Mr. M. A p o t h e l o z Office equatorial des Postes et Direction generate des P.T.T. Telecommunications BERNE BRAZZAVILLE — 25 —

Delegate UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS Mr. M. N t s ib a Office equatorial des Postes et Head o f Delegation Telecommunications Mr. A. B a d a l o v BRAZZAVILLE Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA CZECHOSLOVAK SOCIALIST REPUBLIC Delegates Mr. I . D o m b r o v s k y Head o f Delegation Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications M r . J. M a r s i c e k MOSKVA Post and Telecommunications Administration Mrs. E. F e d o r o v a PRAHA Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Deputy Head o f Delegation MOSKVA Mr. S. G a v r i t c h e v Mr. M. Z a h r a d n ICe k Post and Telecommunications Administration Permanent Delegation of the U.S.S.R. PRAHA GENEVE Mrs. E. G e r a s im o v a Delegates Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications

M r . A . A l t m a n n MOSKVA Post and Telecommunications Administration Mr. E. I s s a e v PRAHA Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA M r . V. S e d l a C e k Post and Telecommunications Administration Mr. N. K a l a s h n i k o v PRAHA Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA OVERSEAS TERRITORIES Mr. A. K a l i n i n FOR THE INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Vice-Chairman, Study Group V OF WHICH THE GOVERNMENT Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications OF THE UNITED KINGDOM MOSKVA OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND Mr. N. K a m e n s k i j ARE RESPONSIBLE Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA Delegate Mr. V. K o u l a n i n e Mr. R.V. T a l b o t -J o n e s State Committee of Radioelectronics General Post Office MOSKVA HONG KONG Mr. M. K r i v o c h e e v Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications TUNISIA MOSKVA

Head o f Delegation Mr. I. P e t r o v Mr. M. Mili Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Secretariat d’Etat aux P.T.T. MOSKVA TUNIS Mr. E. R a d o m i n o v Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Deputy Head o f Delegation MOSKVA B e n C h e i k h Mr. H. Mr. M. S in i t s y n e Secretariat d’Etat aux P.T.T. Ministry of Merchant Navy TUNIS MOSKVA Delegate Interpreters

Mr. M.H. R e b a i Mrs. B . E l k i n a Radiodiffusion-T elevision T unisienne Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications TUNIS MOSKVA — 26 —

Mrs. M. L e v t c h e n k o Mrs. M. T o k a r e v a Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA MOSKVA

Mrs. G. L it v in e n k o Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications MOSKVA

OBSERVERS

ALGERIA (Democratic and Popular Republic of)

M r . A . B e n k a c i Mr. A. T a b a c h e Sous-Secretariat aux Postes et Sous-Secretariat aux Postes et T elecommunications T elecommunications ALGER ALGER

C. RECOGNIZED PRIVATE OPERATING AGENCIES (Representatives*)

AMERICAN CABLE AND RADIO CORP. CABLE & WIRELESS Ltd. (A.C. & R., New York 4, N.Y.) (London, W.C. 1)

Mr. L.F. S p a n g e n b e r g (See under Mr. H.L. H a y w a r d United Mr. P.A.C. M o r r is AMERICAN TELEPHONE Kingdom) AND TELEGRAPH Co. (A.T. & T., New York 7, N.Y.) CANADIAN BROADCASTING CORPORATION Mr. R.D. C a m p b e l l (See under United States) (C.B.C., Ottawa 4, Ontario)

Mr. H.W. E v a n s Mr. E.W. H o r r i g a n (See under Canada) Bell Telephone Laboratories Mu r r a y h i l l , New Jersey COMPAGNIE GENERALE M r . A.C. P e t e r s o n DE TELEGRAPHIE SANS FIL Bell Telephone Laboratories (C.S.F., Paris VIIF) Mu r r a y h il l , New Jersey Mr. J. F a g o t (See under France) M r . K . S t il e s Mr. H. P e y r o l e s Mr. H.E. W e p p l e r (See under United States) COMPANHIA PORTUGUESA RADIO MARCONI BRITISH BROADCASTING (Lisboa) CORPORATION Mr. A.M. C o n c e iq a o C u n h a (B.B.C., Broadcasting House, London W.I)

M r . G. G r a h a m COMPANlA DOMINICANA Dr. R.D.A. M a u r i c e , DE TELEFONOS Mr. F.C. M c L e a n (See under (Geneve) Dr. A.R.A. R e n d a l l um tea Mr. L.F. T a g h o l m Kingdom) Mr. C.F. F f o l l io t t Mr. L.W. T u r n e r Mr. A.C. E m b r e c h t s

* Unless otherwise indicated, the addresses of the Representatives are those of the Recognized Private Operating Agencies concerned. — 27 —

GENERAL TELEPHONE OSTERREICHISCHER RUNDFUNK & ELECTRONICS CORPORATION (Wien IV) (Washington 6, D.C.) Dr. G. S k a l a r (See under Austria) Mr. A.J. L ip in s k i General Telephone & Electronics Corp. NEW YORK, N.Y. RADIO-AUSTRIA A.G. (Wien I) INDEPENDENT TELEVISION Dr. H. S o b o t k a (See under Austria) AUTHORITY (I.T.A., London S.W. 7) RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA Mr, W.N. A n d e r s o n j (See under (RCA, New York, N.Y.) Mr. P.A.T. B e v a n I United

Kingdom) Mr. E.M. L e y t o n RCA INTERNATIONAL MARINE p r i n c e t o n , New Jersey RADIO CORPORATION (I.M.R.C., Croydon, Surrey Mr. D.S. R a u 1 (See under and Chelmsford, Essex) Mr. J. V e a t c h / United States) Mr. B.B. J a c o b s e n j (See under Mr. L.J. N ic k e l s i United RADIO-SUISSE S.A. Mr. K.W. P e a r s o n I Kingdom) (Berne 25)

ITALCABLE Mr. W. D a m k e (Roma) Mr. F. G r a n d c h a m p Mr. F . de L o r io l (See under Swiss Confederation) Mr. A. N i u t t a (See under Italy) Mr. H. S c h u t z Mr. A. R e d a Mr. G. S a l v a t o r i RADIOTELEVISIONE ITALIANA KOKUSAI DENSHIN DENWA Co. Ltd. (RAI, Roma) (K.D.D., Tokyo) Mr. E. C a s t e l l i (See under Italy) Mr. Y. F u r u h a s h i Mr. G. L a r i Mr. T . K u r i m u r a (See under RAI Mr. K. M iy a Japan) MONZA Mr. S. N a m b a Mr. C. T e r z a n i (See Under Italy) Mr. K. T a k e u c h i

MARCONI INTERNATIONAL SOUTH AFRICAN MARINE COMPANY Ltd. BROADCASTING CORPORATION (M.I.M.C., Chelmsford, Essex) (S.A.B.C., Johannesburg) Mr. G.J. M c D o n a l d j (See under Mr. G. M i l l i n g t o n ‘ I United Mr. A. de Jo n g j (See under Mr. G.E. P a r t i n g t o n I Kingdom) Mr. J. V o l l m e r > Republic of J South Africa) NIPPON HOSO KYOKAI (N.H.K., Tokyo) SVERIGES RADIO Mr. Y . M a k it a I (See under (Stockholm) Mr. S. M ik i J Japan) Mr. J. von U t f a l l NIPPON MINKANHOSO REMMEI (N.M.R., Tokyo) TELEPHONE ASSOCIATION Mr. T. H a y a s h i ) (See under OF CANADA Mr. N. Y a n a s e / Japan) (Montreal 1, Quebec)

NIPPON TELEGRAPH & TELEPHONE Mr. L.G. B u c k (See under Canada) PUBLIC CORPORATION Mr. D.M, H in t o n (N.T.T., Tokyo) Mr. D.J. M c D o n a l d Mr. K. A n d o I /c, , Mr. C.H. M c G u i r e 1 (See under Mr. T. M a s u d a f * “ n d e r Mr. B.R. T u p p e r / Canada) Mr. D. Y o k o i J a P a n ) Mr. J.L. W il s o n — 28 —

D. INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS (Observers*)

BUREAU INTERNATIONAL Mr. J. B r u c k n e r DE L’HEURE Mrs. J. C h y t i l o v a (B.I.H., Paris XlVe) Mr. A . F io d o r o v Mr. W. K a h l e S t o y k o Dr. N. Mr. L. K gD ziE R S K i (See under P.R. of Poland) COMITE INTERNATIONAL Mr. M. K r i v o c h e e v (See under U.S.S.R.) RADIO-MARITIME Mr. J. M a r s ic e k \ (See under (C.I.R.M., London E.C. 3) Mr. V. S e d l a c e k / Czechoslovak S.R.) Mr. M. V e l k o v (See under P.R. of Bulgaria) P a r k e r Col. J.D. Mr. M.V. Y e g o r o v Mr. M. Z a h r a d n i c e k INTERNATIONAL SPECIAL COMMITTEE (See under Czechoslovak S.R.) ON RADIO INTERFERENCE (C.I.S.P.R., London W. 1) INTERNATIONAL ASTRONOMICAL Dr. J. M e y e r de S t a d e l h o f e n UNION Direction generate des P.T.T. (I.A.U., Hailsham, Sussex) BERNE

Dr. F.L.H.M. S t u m p e r s Mr. W.M. M a r k o w it z (See under Netherlands) (See under United States)

INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION EUROPEAN BROADCASTING (I.E.C., Geneve) UNION (E.B.U., Bruxelles 18) Mr. M.C. E n n e n 1 (See under Mr. F . M a a r l e v e l d J Netherlands) Mr. F. A n g u e r a ) (See under Mr. H. B e r t h o d f France) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER Mr. E. C a s t e l l i (See under Italy) Mr. W. E b e r t OF SHIPPING (See under Swiss Confederation) (I.C.S., London E.C. 3) Dr. J.J. G e l u k (See under Netherlands) Mr. C.B. B r o e r s m a Mr. R. G r e s s m a n n Mr. G. S w a l l o w Mr. G. H a n s e n Mr. F.D. H e e g a a r d (See under Denmark) Mr. H. M e r t e n s INTER-UNION COMMITTEE Dr. F. von R a u t e n f e l d FOR FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS (See under F.R. of Germany) FOR RADIO ASTRONOMY Dr. A.R.A. R e n d a l l AND SPACE SCIENCE (See under United Kingdom) (I.U.C.A.F., Banstead, Surrey) Dr. W. S t e p p (See under F.R. of Germany) Mr. J.F. D e n is s e Mr. L.F. T a g h o l m Dr. R.L. S m it h -R o s e (See under United Kingdom) < (See under United Kingdom) Mr. C. T e r z a n i (See under Italy)

INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING AND INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC TELEVISION ORGANIZATION RADIO UNION (I.B.T.O., Praha 5) (U.R.S.I., Bruxelles 18) Mr. A. A l t m a n n (See under Czechoslovak S.R.) Mr. B. D e c a u x (See under France)

* Unless otherwise indicated, the addresses of the Observers are those of the International Organizations concerned.

1 — 29 —

E. SCIENTIFIC OR INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATIONS (Experts*)

AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE INSTITUT DE RECHERCHES & ELECTRIC Co. DES TELECOMMUNICATIONS (A.T.E., London W.C. 2) (T.K.I, Budapest II)

Mr. T.H. C l o u d Dr. E. Acs (See under United Kingdom) Dr. S. C sib i

BROWN, BOVERI & CO., Ltd. MARELLI LENKURT (Baden, Switzerland) (Milano) Mr. M. Morel Mr. A. C a r d a r e l l i Dr. R. Schupbach

CENTRE DE RECHERCHES SIEMENS & HALSKE A.G. DE LA COMPAGNIE GENERALE (Munchen 25)

D’ELECTRICITE Mr. W. A r e n s (See under F.R. of Germany) (Marcoussis (Seine-et-Oise), France) Dr. R. H e r z Mr. F. R o s e n h a u p t Mr. G. R o g e r (See under France) Mr. H. von S c h a u Mr. W. S c h u l t ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES Dr. H.H. Voss ASSOCIATION Dr. H. W e r r m a n n (EIA, Washington 36, D.C.) (See under F.R. of Germany)

Mr. S.G,. L u t z Hughes Research Laboratories SOCIETA ITALIANA RETI m a l ib u , California TELEFONICHE INTERURBANE (SIRTI, Milano) Prof. W. L y o n s Tele-Signal Corp./EIA Mr. L. B o n a v o g l i a NEW YORK, N.Y. Mr. A. S e s in i C . T r a m b u s t i Mr. L.P. Y e h Mr. Northrop Page/EIA WASHINGTON, D.C. s o c i e t A it a l ia n a TELECOMUNICAZIONI SIEMENS ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES (SITS, Milano) ASSOCIATION OF CANADA Dr. L. D o b n e r (Toronto 7, Ontario) Mr. M. G il l i K l e is s l Mr. E. K e l s e y 1 _ (See under Mr. E. V a l e n t i n i Mr. J.C.R. P u n c h a r d / Canada) Mr. N.

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY STANDARD ELEKTRIK LORENZ A.G. (Lynchburg, Virginia) (S.E.L., Stuttgart-Zuffenhausen)

C a r l Mr. R.P. H a v i l a n d Dr. H. (See under F.R. of Germany) General Electric Company Mr. A. R a p p o l d Philadelphia 1, Pennsylvania TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET HASLER A.G. L. M. ERICSSON (Berne) (Stockholm 32)

Mr. H. L a e t t Mr. C.G. MA n s s o n Mr. F. O t t Mr. H . S c h e f t e

* Unless otherwise indicated, the addresses of the Experts are those of the Scientific or Industrial Organizations concerned. — 30 —

TELEFUNKEN GmbH Mr. G. R a p p a l l ie r (Backnang, Wiirttemberg) Dr. E. W i l l w a c h e r

Mr. W. B r u c h 1 (See under F.R. Mr. G. B r u h l ) o f Germany) TELETTRA Mr. E. D o m b r o w s k i (Milano) Mr. H. G e is s l e r Mr. H. K r e p l i e n Mr. S. T r e v is a n

F. SPECIALIZED AGENCIES OF THE UNITED NATIONS ORGANIZATION (Observers*)

INTERNATIONAL CIVIL WORLD METEOROLOGICAL AVIATION ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION (I.C.A.O., Montreal) (W.M.O., Geneve)

Mr. A.W. J o h n s o n M r . P. A m e l l e r Dr. G.K. W eiss

G. INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION (I.T.U., Geneve)

General Secretariat Mr. R. P e t it International Member Mr. G.C. G r o ss Secretary-General Mr. N. R o b e r t s International Member Dr. M.B. S a r w a t e Deputy Secretary-General Mr. T.K. W a n g International Member Mr. C. M a c k e n z i e Press Relations Officer, I.T.U. Mr. J. Z io l k o w s k i International Member Miss M.D. K n i g h t Assistant Mr. A.W.C. B o y l e Engineer I.F.R.B. Mr. A. B r o o k s Mr. J.H. G a y e r Engineer Chairman Mr. C. G l i n z Mr. M.N. M ir z a Engineer Vice-Chairman Mr. W. M e n z e l Mr. A.H. C a t a Engineer International Member Mr. J. M il l o t Mr. F. D e l l a m u l a Engineer International Member Mr. E.J. R o b i n s o n Mr. J.A. G r a c ie International Member Engineer

Mr. S. H a s e Mr. R. S m it h International Member. Engineer

Mr. N. K rasnosselski Miss V. J a c k s o n International Member Secretary

* Unless otherwise indicated, the addresses'of the' Observers are those of the Specialized^Ager.cies^ccncerned. C.C.I.T.T. Mr. R. F r o o m Engineer Mr. J. R o u v i e r e Director Mr. A. K a c h e l Engineer Mr. J. B e s s e y r e Senior Counsellor Dr. Y.Y. Mao Engineer M r . J. L a l o u Mr. C. S t e t t l e r C o u n s e llo r Assistant Engineer Mr. J. D o r m e r Miss D.A. G a r e t t o Engineer Assistant to Director Mr. B. K u v c fflN O V Mrs. I. C h a p u is a t Engineer Assistant to Vice-Director M r . T . O k a b e Mrs. R. U m b e r g E n g in e e r Rapporteur

Mrs. M. S a g e C.C.I.R. Secretary to Counsellor

Dr. E. M e t z l e r Mrs. M. B e l a ie f f Director Secretary

P a l a c h -D e s p a M r . L.W. H a y e s Mrs. M. Vice-Director Secretary

Dr. M. Jo a c h im Mr. F. R o t h e n Counsellor Technical Assistant

Mr. H. P o u l i q u e n Mr. J. P £ r e z Engineer Draughtsman

H. CONFERENCE SECRETARIAT

Conference Secretary Finance and Personnel Service

Mr. R.V. L i n d s e y Mr. R . C h a t e l a i n Administrative Secretary Counsellor, I.T.U. Finance Division Mrs. S. R a is in Assistant Mr. J.-P. C h r is t in a t Personnel Division Administrative Services Document Service

Mr. U . P e t ig n a t Mrs. H. de M o n t f a l c o n Assistant Secretary Assistant Secretary Organization of Meetings Documentation PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT REPORTS SUBMITTED TO THE PLENARY ASSEMBLY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 35 —

REPORT BY THE DIRECTOR, C.C.I.R.

(Covering the period between the IXth and the Xth Plenary Assemblies)

CONTENTS

1. Introduction...... 36

2. A ctivities of Study Gr o u p s ...... 36 2.1 , New Study G roup ...... 36 2.2 Changes in chairmanship of C.C.I.R. Study G rou p s ...... 36 2.3 Joint Study Groups...... 37 2.4 Interim meetings 38 2.5 Other meetings...... 38

3. Work of the Specialized Secretariat...... 39 3.1 Technical w o rk ...... 39 3.2 Publications...... 4Q 3.3 Work in connection with Study Group activities ...... 41 3.4 Technical Assistance — Plan Com m ittee ...... 42 3.5 Preparatory work for the Xth Plenary A ssem b ly...... 43 3.6 Participation in activities outside the C.C.I.R...... ' ...... 44

4. Proposals concerning the FUTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE work of the C.C.I.R. . . 45 4.1 Resume of increase in w o r k ...... 45 4.2 Publication of the conclusions of C.C.I.R. Study G roups ...... 46 4.3 Publication of C.C.I.R. Volumes following a Plenary Assembly...... 47

5. The Specialized Secretariat...... 48 5.1 Director...... 48 5.2 V ice-D irector...... 49 5.3 S t a f f ...... 49 5.4 C.C.I.R. estimates of expenditure...... 50

6. Conclusion...... 50

Annexes I Administrative Circular A C /51...... 51 II Agreement with the Indian Administration ...... 52 III The publication of the conclusions of C.C.I.R. Study G rou p s ...... 64 IV Draft Resolution (Organization of C.C.I.R. W ork)...... 64 V A possible scheme for the division of the findings of the Xth Plenary Assembly into Volum es ...... 67 VIA C.C.I.R. staff as of 1 January 1963 ...... 68 VIB C.C.I.R. staff as of 1 September 1963 68 VII Financial statement of the C.C.I.R. (1959-1966) ...... 69 — 36 —

1. INTRODUCTION

The present Report records the major activities of the C.C.I.R. during the period between the IXth and Xth Plenary Assemblies (May 1959 to January 1963)*. It also contains a number of proposals, both with regard to the general working methods of the C.C.I.R., as well as the organization of the Specialized Secretariat. These proposals are a consequence of the expanding activity of the C.C.I.R. and are also due to a certain amount of re-organization which has taken place within the I.T.U. as a result of the decisions of the Plenipotentiary Conference (Geneva, 1959) and the move to the new building of the Union.

2. ACTIVITIES OF STUDY GROUPS

2.1 New Study Group

In view of the importance of space communications, the IXth Plenary Assembly decided to set up a Study Group, of which the terms of reference were “ to study technical questions regarding systems of telecommunication with and between locations in space ”, although a number of delegates felt that it was perhaps a little early to do so. This Study Group became Study Group IV, the work of the original Study Group IV having been taken over by Study Group V. Professor I. Ranzi (Italy) and Mr. W. Klein (Switzerland) were elected as its Chairman and Vice-Chairman respectively. The Study Group had only one item on its agenda, C.C.I.R. Report 115, “ Factors affecting the selection of frequencies for telecommunication with and between space vehicles ”. The Administrative Radio Conference, Geneva, 1959, in its Recommendation N°. 36, recommended that an Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference should be convened, in principle in 1963, to allocate frequency bands for space communication purposes, based on C.C.I.R. studies. In its Resolution N°. 7, the A.R.C. invited the C.C.I.R. to study two Questions** dealing with space communications and during 1960 and 1961 ten new Questions and four new Study Programmes were adopted by correspondence and allotted to Study Group IV by the Director. In addition, it was decided by correspondance, in 1961, to transfer studies on Radioastro nomy from Study Group VI to Study Group IV. It soon became apparent that an interim meeting of this Group would be necessary and, as mentioned in § 2.4.1, one was held in Washington D.C. from 12 to 23 March, 1962. From the results of the work of the Study Group, it is already evident that, at the con clusion of the Xth Plenary Assembly, much information will be available from the C.C.I.R. which should materially help the I.T.U. in the preparation of the Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference mentioned above.

2.2 Changes in Chairmanship of C.C.I.R. Study Groups ***

2.2.1 By a letter dated 25 January, 1960, Dr. M.B. Sarwate (India), Chairman of C.C.I.R. . Study Group XII (Tropical broadcasting), advised the Director that he wished to resign as Chairman of that Study Group in view of his election as Deputy. Secretary-General of the I.T.U. In consequence, the Vice-Chairman, Mr. A.C. Ramchandani (India) acceded to the Chairmanship. As the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959, was not yet in force at that time, Study Group XII, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 15, § 3 of the General Regulations attached to the Buenos Aires Convention, elected by correspondence, Mr. N.V. Gadadhar (India) as Vice-Chairman of Study Group XII.

* An addendum to this Report has been issued, covering events occurring after its date of publication (see page 72). ** Incorporated in one, C.C.I.R. Question 208 (IV). (This Question was deleted at the Xth Plenary Assembly.) *** In this Report, the C.M.T.T. (C.C.I.R./C.C.I.T.T. Joint Commission for Television Transmissions over Long Distances) will be treated as a C.C.I.R. Study Group, as this Joint Group is administered by the C.C.I.R., so that the working methods of the C.C.I.R. Study Groups are applied. — 37 —

2.2.2 By a letter dated 22 May 1961, Mr. J.D. Campbell (Australia), Chairman of Study Group VIII (International Monitoring), advised the Director that, due to a change in his official duties, he wished to resign as Chairman of that Study Group. In consequence, the Vice- Chairman, Mr. G.S. Turner (United States) acceded to the Chairmanship. At its interim meeting in Washington, D.C., in March 1962, the Study Group unanimously elected Mr. M. Amaro Vieira (Portugal) to succeed Mr. Turner as Vice-Chairman.

2.2.3 By a letter dated 30 October 1961, Mr. W.J. Bray (United Kingdom), Chairman of C.C.I.R. Study Group IX (radio-relay systems), advised the Director that, due to a change in his official duties, he wished to resign as Chairman of that Study Group. In consequence, the Vice-Chairman, Mr. E. Dietrich (F.R. of Germany) acceded to the Chairmanship. At its interim meeting in Paris in February 1962, the Study Group unanimously elected Mr. J.H.H. Merriman (United Kingdom) to succeed Mr. Dietrich as Vice-Chairman.

2.3 Joint Study Groups

2.3.1 In addition to the C.M.T.T., which is discussed together with the C.C.I.R. Study Groups, there are two further Joint C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. Study Groups which are administered by the C.C.I.T.T., so that, in accordance with established practice, the Chairmanship of these Groups and their Sub-Groups devolves upon the C.C.I.T.T., while the C.C.I.R. normally provides the respective Vice-Chairmen. The two Groups in question are: (a) the Joint C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. Study Group on Circuit Noise, known as Special Group C; (b) the general Plan Committee for the Development of the International Network, and its three Sub-Committees for Africa, Asia, and Latin-America respectively.

2.3.2 Special Group C The C.C.I.T.T., at its Ilnd Plenary Assembly, New Delhi, 1960, elected Mr. H. Williams (United Kingdom) to the Chairmanship of this Joint Group. It therefore remains for the C.C.I.R. to appoint a Vice-Chairman, and the Director suggests that this be done at the Plenary Assembly.

2.3.3 Plan Committee and its Sub-Committees As mentioned under § 3.4 of this Report, the implementation of Recommendation No. 2 of the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva, 1959, which concerns Technical Co operation work to be done by the C.C.I’s, was effected by making this co-operation part of the functions of the Plan Committee and its Sub-Committees. In consequence, and in view of the urgency of the matter, the Ilnd Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T., New Delhi, 1960, proceeded not only to the election of the Chairman of the Plan Committee and the Chairmen of its Sub-Committees, as follows: Plan: Mr. Antinori (Italy) Sub-Corn. Plan for Africa: Mr. Tedros (Ethiopia) Sub-Corn. Plan for Asia: Mr. C.P. Vasudevan (India) Sub-Corn. Plan for Latin-America: Mr. Nunez (Mexico) but, in addition, elected provisionally, and subject to further consideration by the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., the following Vice-Chairmen: Plan: Mr. A. Hamid (Pakistan) Sub-Corn. Plan for Africa: Mr. Mili (Tunisia) Sub-Corn. Plan for Asia: Mr. Matsuda (Japan) Sub-Corn. Plan for Latin-America: Mr. Ospina (Colombia) — 38 —

The Director proposes that the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. should confirm these Vice-Chairmen in their respective functions.

2.4 Interim Meetings 2.4.1 In conformity with the provisions of C.C.I.R. Resolution 67, the following Study Groups held interim meetings: Study Group IX and the C.M.T.T.: Paris, 12 to 23 February, 1962 Study Groups IV and VIII: Washington, D.C., 12 to 23 March, 1962 Study Groups I, II, III, V, VI, VII: Geneva, April 4 to 23 May, 1962 Study Groups X, XI, XII: Bad Kreuznach, 13 to 29 June, 1962 Details of the technical work accomplished at these meetings may be found in the reports of the respective Chairman (Docs. 1 to 12 and 15 of New Delhi, 1963). 2.4.2 It will thus be noted that during the previous interim period, nine Study Groups and the C.M.T.T. held interim meetings, whereas in the most recent interim period twelve Study Groups and the C.M.T.T. held meetings. Only Study Groups XIII and XIV did not. It may be briefly noted here that not only did more Study Groups meet, but also the participation and documentation have considerably expanded, compared with the previous interim period. This matter will be treated in more detail in § 4 of this Report, on proposals concerning the future organization of the work of the C.C.I.R. 2.4.3 The Director would like to express his gratitude and appreciation to the Administrations of France, the United States of America and the Federal Republic of Germany, for having provided both excellent premises and the warmest hospitality to all participants in the meetings of Study Groups IX and the C.M.T.T., IV and VIII, and X, XI, and XII, held in their respective countries.

2.5 Other Meetings

In addition to the interim Study Group meetings mentioned above, the main purpose of which was the preparation of proposals for the Xth Plenary Assembly, the C.C.I.R. Secre tariat also organized the following meetings, which discussed part of the programme of one or more Study Groups: 2.5.1 A Sub-Group of Study Group XI, which had been set up during the IXth Plenary Assembly, met in Geneva, under the Chairmanship of Mr. Erik Esping (Sweden), from 27 to 30 October 1959, to study the best utilization of an 8 Mc/s channel with a 625-line television system. The conclusions of the meeting of this Sub-Group were communicated to all parti cipants in the work of Study Group XI. 2.5.2 A Working Group of Study Group VI, entrusted with the study of Recommendation 317 (Systematic sky-wave field strength measurements on frequencies between the approx imate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s), under the Chairmanship of Mr. D. Lepechinsky (France), met in Geneva from 19 to 21 April, 1962. A Report on the results of this meeting was transmitted to the Chairman, Study Group VI and included in the documentation of the interim meeting of that Study Group. 2.5.3 Upon a proposal of the Swedish Administration, a Group of Experts, drawn from C.C.I.R. Study Groups V, X and XI, met at the invitation of the French Administration in Cannes, from 28 February to 17 March, 1961, to prepare the technical basis for the European Broadcasting Conference which was held in Stockholm in June 1961. The conclusions of the Cannes meeting were transmitted to the European Broad casting Conference, where they were adopted, with minor modifications, as the technical bases of the Frequency Allocation Plan, drawn up by that Conference. 2.5.4 Several Sub-Groups continued their work by correspondence, and reported to the interim meetings of their respective Study Groups. — 39 —

3. WORK OF THE SPECIALIZED SECRETARIAT

3.1 Technical Work

3.1.1 Field strength measurements Tropospheric field-strength measurements in the VHF band were carried out up to the time of transfer of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat to the new I.T.U. building. Greater space available on the roof of this new building has permitted a more satisfactory install ation of the antennae, and measurements recommenced in October, 1962. Thanks to the implementation of Resolution 66 by the Administrative Council, the C.C.I.R. Secre tariat is able to maintain existing apparatus and to replace it when necessary. Furthermore, the Secretariat hopes to be able to participate in the Measurement Programme envisaged in the tasks of the Lepechinsky Sub-Group (Systematic sky-wave field strength measurements on frequencies in the approximate limits of 1 -5 and 40 Mc/s (Recommendation 317)).

3.1.2 Prediction o f a sunspot number In Recommendation 172 the Director, C.C.I.R., is requested to continue studies on the prediction of a sunspot number. The C.C.I.R. Secretariat has, as a first step, studied the accuracy of the various existing methods of prediction. This study has been made over rather more than one complete cycle (1949-1961), “accuracy” being defined as the r.m.s. deviation between the true and the predicted value. The calculations have shown that the best of the methods examined is that of Prof. Waldmeier, the accuracy of which, as defined above, is of the order of 20 for a prediction made six months in advance. The work done by the Secretariat on methods of prediction is continuing, especially in the direction of research into an objective method. One of the basic principles of this study is that a method should be considered of interest only in so far as it gives results better, or at least as good as, the existing methods. Unfortunately, none of the many methods tried has, so far, given even a hope that such a result will be obtained. This is the reason why it has appeared useless to publish a separate document on this subject. The C.C.I.R. Secretariat has regularly sent predictions to the I.F.R.B. for the pre paration of seasonal HF broadcasting schedules, and, as requested in § 4 of Recommend ation 172, has arranged for the publication in the Telecommunication Journal of the smoothed monthly sunspot numbers six months in advance. The values published are those kindly provided by Prof. Waldmeier of the Federal Observatory (Zurich).

3.1.3 Comparative study o f MUFpredictions Within the framework of Study Programme 149 (VI) and Question (a), submitted by the I.F.R.B. (see C.C.I.R. Report 150), the C.C.I.R. Specialized Secretariat has undertaken a comparative study of long-term ionospheric predictions, based on ten differ ent methods of ionospheric prediction. This study was complemented by practical reception data, supplied by various Administrations and by systematic reception of HF bands by the C.C.I.R. Specialized Secretariat, using its technical apparatus. The results were published in Doc. VI/92 of Geneva, 1962, and their analysis in the Addendum to that document. Following a request formulated during the interim meeting of Study Group VI, Geneva, May, 1962, the results of this study were also published in the Telecommunication Journal (August, 1962, pp. 239-246).

3.1.4 Unification o f standards between different International Organizations During the XXVth General Assembly of the I.E.C., Interlaken 1961, a special Working Party was established to revise and bring up to date the I.E.C. Specifications relating to the testing of radio transmitters. Since many of the items in this specification — 40 —

are very closely related to certain provisions of the Radio Regulations and the work of C.C.I.R. Study Group I, the C.C.I.R. was invited to nominate a member of the Secre tariat to take part in the meetings of this Working Party to secure, as far as possible, uniformity of terminology and standards in this field. An Engineer of the Secretariat was therefore nominated to sit as a member of this Working Party, and to date a valua ble amount of work has been done in unifying the texts of the two organizations, I.T.U. and I.E.C., in this field. In a similar manner, an Engineer of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat has maintained close liaison with the W.M.O. Commission on Aerology and the Commission on Synoptic Meteorology, in both of which commissions several topics are discussed which are of close interest to the C.C.I.R., in particular Study Group III. As a result of this co-opera tion, both the W.M.O. and the C.C.I.R. have adopted draft Recommendations regard ing the transmission of meteorological charts by facsimile, the texts of which are in complete alignment one with the other. The work of the Technical Committees of the I.B.T.O. and the E.B.U. has also been followed closely by the Secretariat and their meetings have been attended when points of interest arose. In particular, the Secretariat was invited to meetings of Working Groups B and S of the E.B.U., dealing with sky-wave propagation on frequencies below 1 500 kc/s and stereophonic broadcasting, respectively. The work of these groups resulted in the production of contributions to the studies of C.C.I.R. Study Groups VI and X, respectively. The work of I.E.C. Technical Sub-Committee 29 A has been followed in detail as indicated by C.C.I.R. Resolution 31, which requested the Director to keep in close touch with the I.E.C. with a view to avoiding unnecessary duplication of work in the standardiz ation of sound recording methods for the international exchange of broadcasting programmes. As a result of these meetings several documents have been presented to Study Group X.

3.1.5 First Session o f the Panel o f Experts (Geneva, 11 to 29 September, 1961) The Director, with members of the technical staff, attended the first session of the Panel of Experts, entrusted with the study of measures to be taken to reduce overcrowd ing of the frequency bands between 4 and 27-5 Mc/s. Among other things, this meeting stressed the possibility of obtaining tighter frequency tolerances than those given in existing C.C.I.R. Recommendations. The Director was requested to present to the next meeting of the Panel information obtained in connection with Recommendation 102 on results of research on directional antennae. The C.C.I.R. was further requested to prepare a handbook concerning the construction of directional antennae and the circumstances under which their use would be appropriate. A circular requesting this information was addressed to C.C.I.R. members, but up to the present, only two contributions from Administrations have been received on this subject. As a result of discussions on various systems of compression of the spectrum of radio telephone and radiotelegraph signals, two questions were formulated and attributed, after their formal presentation by the I.F.R.B., to C.C.I.R. Studv Group I (Question 219(1) and 220(1)).

3.2 Publications

3.2.1 After the closing of the IXth Plenary Assembly, the C.C.I.R. Secretariat published the following five volumes: Volume I : Recommendations Volume II : Resolutions, Questions and Study Programmes Volume III: Reports Volume IV: List of Participants; Report by the Director; Report by the Finance Commit tee; Place of Xth Plenary Assembly; List of documents; Alphabetical Index of Vols. I, II and III. Volume V : Minutes of the Plenary Sessions — 41 —

The English and French editions of these volumes, as well as the Spanish edition of Volume V, were produced in Geneva, while the printing of the Spanish editions of Vols. I, II and III was arranged in Madrid, through the good offices of the Spanish Administration. 3.2.2 Following the publication of these five volumes, four addenda were issued by the Secre tariat, which contained 20 new Questions (of which two resulted from decisions of the Administrative Radio Conference, Geneva, 1959 and 18 were adopted by correspond ence) and 11 new Study Programmes’ (of which two resulted from the A.R.C. and 9 were adopted by correspondence). 3.2.3 As these volumes contain the final results of C.C.I.R. studies, it is useful to give compar ative figures here of the demands for them, as such figures are perhaps the best indica tion of the general interest in the work of the C.C.I.R.: Warsaw Los Angeles Increase Vol. I 2 522 Vol. I, II, III 3 769 49% Vol. II 1 672 Vol. IV 1615 — 3% Vol. Ill 1 329 Vol. V 1 542 16% It should be noted that, while the figures of the Warsaw documents are final, it may be expected that, stocks permitting, the figures relative to the Los Angeles volumes will increase by approximately 40 copies of Vols. I, II and III, and 10 copies of Vols. IV and V, respectively, per month, until the Xth Plenary Assembly.

3.3 Work in connection with Study Group activities 3.3.1 One or more members of the technical staff of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat took part in the interim meetings of C.C.I.R. Study Groups, and in the meetings of other groups organ ized by the C.C.I.R. The object of their participation in these meetings was to give assist ance to Chairmen either in the preparation of texts, or in the course of discussions to inform delegates, when necessary, as to what had been done in other Study Groups of the C.C.I.R., or in other international organizations. It is hoped that the Chairmen of Study Groups will make as much use as possible of this assistance. 3.3.2 In the preparatory documentation of the interim Study Group meetings presented by Administrations and others, it might be noted that the average length of the contributions presented by Administrations and others was well within the limits suggested in Reso lution 35. Nevertheless, the Director feels it is appropriate to point out that approxim ately 23% of the documentation exceeded these limits of 2 500 words (5 pages) and 3 pages of figures and that, in fact, this 23% comprised no less than 58% of the text and 67% of the figures of all contributions. The table below shows the distribution and percentage of documents of excessive length among the various Study Groups.

Excessive length of contributions (text and/or figures)

Number of texts of excessive Study Group Total number of texts length Percentage

I 32 11 34-4 II 36 9 25 0 III 53 11 208 IV 62 20 32-3 V 62 22 35'5 VI 100 18 180 VII 25 4 160 VIII 34 8 21-1 IX 47 11 25-5 X 49 15 30'6 XI 44 19 43-2 XII 14 5 35*7 XIII 14 4 29-6 — 42 —

3.3.3 While these occasional lengthy documents caused certain problems with respect to their reproduction and distribution, an even greater difficulty arose from the late sub mission of numerous contributions — comprising many lengthy ones — as it is practic ally impossible to recruit additional qualified personnel at very short notice. 3.3.4 There seems to be little correlation between the amount of time available for submission of documents, as set forth in the invitation to a meeting, and the actual submission of documents by the date requested. Thus, for instance, for certain meetings where a delay of 43 weeks was given, only approximately 30% of the contributions were received by the date requested whereas, for another meeting where merely 7 weeks notice was given, about 60% of the contributions were received in time.

Percentage of contributions received by date requested (Interim period 1960-1962)

Percentage Number of documents Pages of text Pages of figures

0-10 IV 10-20 IV IV X 20-30 CMTT X 30-40 X I, CMTT • VI, IX 40-50 I, III III, VI, VII VII 50-60 V, VI, VII, VIII II, VIII, IX, XI VIII, XI IX, XI, XII 60-70 II XII 70-80 II II, III, V, CMTT 80-90 I, XII 90-100

3.3.5 It is, of course, understandable that certain subjects — and particularly new ones — give rise to rather long contributions, which may also be submitted at the last possible moment, to take account of the latest developments, but up to the present no contribu tion has been considered unacceptable on account of its length or its late arrival. How ever, the Director would urge all contributors to bear in mind the problems which are unavoidably caused by lengthy and/or late contributions.

3.4 Technical Assistance * - Plan Committee 3.4.1 The IXth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., Los Angeles, 1959, formulated Resolutions 63 and 64 concerning Technical Assistance, the second of which was submitted to the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva, 1959. 3.4.2 Recommendation N°. 2 of that Conference deals with the activities of the C.C.I’s in the field of Technical Assistance, based on the provisions of Nos. 178 and 179 of the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959. A proposal to give effect to Recommendation No. 2, which was addressed to all Members and Associate Members of the C.C.I.R. in an Administrative circular, was formally adopted. However, various comments received led the Director to postpone his decision on the subject until the results were learned of discussions on the same topic at the Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T. which, it will be recalled, took place at the end of 1960. The result of these discussions, which grouped together several aspects of Technical Assistance with problems concerning the Plan Committee, was presented to the Adminis trative Council of the I.T.U. in the form of a Joint Report by the Directors of the two Consultative Committees (Doc.2570/CA16 of 29 March, 1961). Simultaneously, in Administrative Circular A.C./42 of 12th April, 1961, the Director, C.C.I.R. informed Members and Associate Members of the C.C.I.R. of the conclusions reached at the 1960 Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T., so that they might give their opinion on the divers points mentioned in these findings.

* Following a Resolution of the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) of the United Nations, this term became “ Technical Cooperation However, it was felt appropriate to retain the previous term in this Report, which covers a pericd when the term “ Technical Assistance ” was in use. ' — 43 —

The positive result of the enquiry undertaken in this respect (35 affirmative and no negative replies) was published by the C.C.I.R. in Administrative Circular A.C./51 of 29 August, 1961, to which was annexed Council Resolution No. 448 — but without the reservation formulated on behalf of the C.C.I.R. by the Director, at the meeting of the Council at which this Resolution was discussed (see Annex I).

3.4.3 It is the prerogative of the Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. to elect the Vice-Chairman of the Plan Committee and the three Vice-Chairmen of the Plan Sub-Committees for Africa, Asia and Latin-America. (see § 2.3.3.)

3.4.4 On the one hand, Resolution No. 35 of the International Telecommunication Convention Geneva, 1959 envisages the extension of the activity of the C.C.I’s for the linking of certain regions to the world telephone network and, on the other hand, Resolution No. 36 of the same Convention foresees the extension of the activities of the Plan Com mittee to Latin-America. The Director, C.C.I.R. considers it opportune to stress the importance of efficient co-operation on the part of the C.C.I.R.

3.4.5 Three meetings of the Plan Sub-Committees have been held: 1. May, 1959, in Tokyo, for Southern Asia and the Far East; study of interconnection plan for the region; 2. March, 1960, in Mexico, for Latin-America; study of the interconnection plan and envisaging direct co-operation with the C.C.Is (in accordance with the Geneva Convention), at a forthcoming meeting to be held in Bogota in November, 1962; 3. January, 1962, in Dakar, for Africa; this meeting formulated several questions, which were later submitted to certain C.C.I.R. Study Groups, in particular to Study Groups IX, III and V, at their interim meetings. Taking account of the experience acquired, the Plan Sub-Committee for Africa expressed the opinion “ that the countries of Africa should make the greatest pos sible use of the aid that the C.C.I’s can lend them; (a) by taking an active part in the work of their Study Groups, Sub- Groups and Working Parties; (b) by consulting them about problems of special interest to them and (c) by sending officials for training courses with the specialized secretariats of the C.C.I’s. ”

It is clear that this viewpoint can be applied not only to the countries of Africa, but also to other regions of the world. It may be stated here that many officials of new and developing countries have already visited the C.C.I.R. Secretariat.

3.4.6 It must be pointed out that, in addition to the new tendencies which are arising in this field, one of the classic aspects of Technical Assistance has been maintained: the Director and Vice-Director, C.C.I.R. continue to participate in the choice of specialists requested by many Member countries of the I.T.U. and have examined the reports submitted by these experts. Many of these experts, whose mission was to new and developing countries, took advantage of a visit to the seat of the Union to discuss, with the Technical Staff of the C.C.I.R., various technical problems concerned with their mission. The C.C.I.R. has also assisted them by correspondence.

3.5 Preparatory work for the Xth Plenary Assembly

It will be recalled that, at the closing session of the IXth Plenary Assembly in Los Angeles, an invitation by the Government of India to hold the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. in that country was accepted by acclamation. The preparatory work for the Assembly is, at the present date, progressing well and the Director would like to draw attention to the following points in this connection. — 44 —

3.5.1 Agreement In accordance with established practice, an Agreement concerning the organization of the Xth Plenary Assembly was drawn up with the inviting Administration, so as to define the responsibilities of organizational matters between the two parties. The text of this Agreement appears as Annex IT.

3.5.2 Preparatory documentation The documentation being prepared for the Xth Plenary Assembly essentially con sists of the following: 3.5.2.1 Proposals for new or modified C.C.I.R. texts, adopted by the interim Study Group meetings. These proposals and other relevant matters are attached to the Reports by the Chairmen of the respective Study Groups (Docs. 1 to 15); 3.5.2.2 Further contributions to the work of the various Study Groups which are to be considered in conjunction with the Reports and their Annexes, referred to under §3.5.2.1; 3.5.2.3 The various contributions to the work of Study Groups XIII and XIV, which did npt hold interim meetings, so that proposals for new C.C.I.R. texts will have to be based on these contributions only, in the light of the respective Chairmen’s Reports; 3.5.2.4 The results of enquiries on technical subjects, made following the request of certain Study Groups; 3.5.2.5 The Director’s Report, and other documents of an administrative nature.

3.6 Participation in activities outside the C.C.I.R.

3.6.1 I.T.U. activities 3.6.1.1 The Director and/or the Vice-Director, C.C.I.R. attended the Fourteenth to Seventeenth Sessions (inclusive) of the Administrative Council of the I.T.U., / held respectively in the early part of the years 1959 to 1962 inclusive, as well as the special Session of the Council, held in October, 1959, in conjunction with the Plenipotentiary Conference. 3.6.1.2 They also attended meetings of the Co-ordination Committee and Pension Fund Management Board. The Vice-Director has been Chairman of the I.T.U. Contracts Committee since 1958. 3.6.1.3 Certain officials of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat took part in numerous internal ad hoc groups concerned with various administrative and technical matters, such as housing in the new building, staff questions, preparation of I.T.U. conferences, etc. 3.6.1.4 Moreover, one or more members of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat attended the fol lowing meetings organized by the I.T.U., where subjects of interest to the C.C.I.R. were discussed: Plan Sub-Committee for Asia (Tokyo, May, 1959); Ordinary Administrative Radio Conference (Geneva, 1959); Plenipotentiary Conference (Geneva, 1959); Plan Sub-Committee for Latin-America (Mexico City, March, 1960); Special Regional Conference (Geneva, April, 1960); Ilnd Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T. (New Delhi, December, 1960); European Regional Broadcasting Conference (Stockholm, May-June, 1961); First Meeting of Panel of Experts (Geneva, September, 1961); Plan Sub-Committee for Africa (Dakar, Juanuary, 1962); Various meetings of the Joint C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. Study Groups which were administered by the C.C.I.T.T. (on Circuit Noise, etc.); < Other meetings of the C.C.I.T.T. Study Groups, Working Parties, etc. — 45 —

3.6.2 Other activities Contact has been maintained between the C.C.I.R. Secretariat and the following international organizations: 3.6.2.1 the United Nations and its Specialized Agencies . E.C.A.F.E., I.C.A.O., I.M.C.O., UNESCO and W.M.O. 3.6.2.2 International organizations C.I.R.M., C.I.S.P.R., C.O.S.P.A.R., E.B.U., I.A.F., I.A.U., I.B.T.O., I.E.C., ISO, I.U.C.A.F. and U.R.S.I.

4. PROPOSALS CONCERNING THE FUTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE WORK OF THE C.C.I.R.

4.1 Resume of increase in work 4.1.1 In order that the proposals which follow may be clearly understood, it would seem appropriate here to show the increase in volume of C.C.I.R. work by some comparative figures relative to the interim period between the VUIth and IXth Plenary Assemblies (Period A) and that between the IXth and Xth Plenary Assemblies (Period B). Period A Period B Increase Study Groups holding interim meetings 10 13 30% Participants registered 617 881 43% Contributions Number 483 585 21 % Volume (pages) 2 269 3 526 55 % Total documentation Number 875 1 133 30% Volume (pages) 3 427 5 162 51 % This table does not take into account work due to Sub-Group meetings and similar activities, as such meetings are not necessarily recurrent and, moreover, the volume of work connected therewith is relatively minor, compared to the data given. As the fundamental purpose of interim Study Group meetings is the preparation of new or modified Recommendations, Reports, Questions, etc., for the following Plenary Assembly, it may be expected from the above data that the number, as well as the volume of such proposals will also have materially increased. The extent of this increase is shown below: Period A Period B Increase Proposals submitted Number 165 274 66 % Volume (pages) 589 1 072 82 % 4.1.2 The above data show that the amount of work connected with the interim Study Group meetings is increasing and, in fact, it has proved to be difficult satisfactorily to arrange interim Study Group meetings within the short period envisaged in §§ 6 and 7 of Reso lution 67 (i.e. within a period of 3 months). 4.1.3 In addition, it has also proved somewhat awkward to schedule these meetings so contin uously over a short period, without there being, of necessity, a coincidence with other meetings of the I.T.U. (such as the Administrative Council), which require close attend ance of the Director and some of his staff. 4.1.4 It is, of course, to be expected that the holding of interim meetings during approxima tely the first year following a Plenary Assembly would serve little purpose, as the Plen ary Assembly itself issues definitive findings based on the latest information available relative to all Study Groups. Moreover, this period is, in any case, well filled for the Secretariat by the publication of the final volumes resulting from the Plenary Assembly. — 46 —

Taking into account the necessity of approximately six months required for the preparation of the next Plenary Assembly, this would leave a total period of approxim ately 18 months available for the interim meetings, if the interval between Plenary Assem blies were to be three years, as envisaged by the Convention. On the basis of the present 14 Study Groups of the C.C.I.R. and the C.M.T.T. — for which the C.C.I.R. is respon sible — two to four Groups, having related subject matters, could meet each quarter, with sufficient interval to allow, on the one hand, the Secretariat to edit the documents and, on the other hand, to allow members of the Secretariat to attend intervening meet ings, both of the I.T.U. and outside. 4.1.5 This more adaptable arrangement of interim meetings would also facilitate the engage ment of additional qualified staff which up to now has, at times, been rather difficult, due to the coincidence of interim meetings with large meetings of other international organi zations. 4.1.6 It may occur that no new contributions to the work of a Study Group are received in the interval between the closing of its interim meeting and the Plenary Assembly and that no matters have been held in abeyance at the interim meeting for discussion at a Study Group meeting held in conjunction with the Plenary Assembly. In this case, it would seem that there would be little purpose in holding a final Study Group meeting and it is therefore suggested that it be left to the discretion of the Chairman concerned, after the consultations prescribed by the Convention and General Regulations, to decide whether or not a meeting of his Study Group should be held at the same time and place as the Plenary Assembly. An amendment to § 10 of Resolution 67 would be needed. 4.1.7 The Director would draw the attention of the Plenary Assembly to Administrative Council Resolution No. 449, dealing with the frequency of Study Group meetings, which “requests the Directors of the C.C.I’s to draw the particular attention of the Chairmen to the absolute need to reduce the number and duration of Study Group meetings to the minimum compatible with the successful progress of the work entrusted to the Study Groups — each Study Group to meet, in principle, only once between two Plenary Assemblies”. This Resolution, while applying to both C.C.I’s, was, in fact, prompted by the frequency of C.C.I.T.T. Study Group meetings.

4.2 The publication of the conclusions of C.C.I.R. Study Groups

4.2.1 The present C.C.I.R. practice of publishing the findings of the various Study Groups only after their formal approval by the Plenary Assembly, makes it desirable that the Study Group meetings precede that Assembly very closely, in order that the most recent mate rial may be taken into account for such publication. Thus it is that the C.C.I.R. publishes its findings officially only once every three or four years. In such a rapidly developing field as that of radiocommunications, this infrequent publication of C.C.I.R. findings seems hardly satisfactory, and there has been an understandable tendency for Administrations and other interested parties to apply the conclusions of Study Group meetings as soon as they have been reached by the Study Groups concerned, particularly if they are unani mous. Indeed, this practice is not surprising, both in view of the necessity of applying new techniques as soon as possible, and also because the resulting texts are drawn up by highly qualified experts who have attended the meetings. 4.2.2 It would therefore seem recommendable that the policy of publishing C.C.I.R. findings be adapted to what, in fact, takes place, and it is therefore suggested that the Xth Plenary Assembly should consider the desirability of publishing the findings of the interim Study Group meetings, as soon as practicable after the close of such meetings. These publications could take the form of separate booklets of an economical but adequate presentation, such as Vol. V of Los Angeles, for example. They would naturally be submitted to the Plenary Assembly for consideration, together with such additional contributions as may have been received after the closing of the interim meetings concerned. In a preface to each booklet, it would be clearly indicated that these particular findings were provisional until such time as they had been considered by the next Plenary Assembly. The proposed contents of these booklets are given in Annex III. __ 47 —

4.2.3 This practice, if adopted, would permit a more even distribution of the interim Study Group meetings over a period between Plenary Assemblies, as the latest, even though provisional, findings of Study Groups would be immediately available. A draft Resolution incorporating the proposals in the above paragraphs, intended to replace the present Resolutions 35 and 67, is attached to this Report as Annex IV.

4.3 Publications of C.C.I.R. Volumes following a Plenary Assembly

4.3.1 Division o f the texts o f the Xth Plenary Assembly into volumes The rapid growth in bulk of the printed texts of Plenary Assemblies, and the limi tation on thickness of individual volumes resulting from the form of binding used, make it very probable that it will be necessary to divide the texts of the Xth Plenary Assembly among more than the five volumes which sufficed for the IXth Plenary Assembly. The Director wishes to suggest to the Plenary Assembly that it may care to indicate the manner in which this division may be effected, should it become necessary. A possible solution to this problem is given in Annex V to this Report.

4.3.2 Reference to the Radio Regulations It will be recalled that a number of C.C.I.R. texts contain specific references to the Atlantic City Regulations. These references in most cases became inapplicable following the adoption of the new Radio Regulations by the Administrative Radio Conference held in Geneva in 1959. In consequence, the question arose as to the most suitable means of making the required modifications to C.C.I.R. texts, and a considerable correspondence on the subject was exchanged between the Director and the Chairmen of various C.C.I.R. Study Groups. From this correspondence it was evident that a uniformity of views would not be obtained by these means. Subsequently, during the various interim Study Group meet ings, the matter was taken up and satisfactory arrangements were reached on an ad hoc basis. Therefore, at present the only texts where such changes will still have to be made are those of Study Groups which did not hold interim meetings and indeed the Report of the Chairman of Study Group XIII (New Delhi Doc. 13) raises this point. It is hoped that during the meeting of that Study Group in New Delhi the necessary changes to the existing texts, in so far as they are maintained, can be made, in analogy with the proce dure followed in other Study Groups. To avoid in future the invalidation of certain parts of C.C.I.R. texts due to changes in the Radio Regulations, it is suggested that, in new C.C.I.R. findings, reference to the Radio Regulations be of a general nature rather than to specific paragraphs or chapters. This is in analogy with the procedure followed by the Radio Conference itself which, in the new Regulations, decided to make reference, for example, to “the latest C.C.I.R. Recommendations”, rather than to a specific number, as these numbers may change after each Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. This procedure would appear to be all the more desirable as, following the decision reached by the meeting convened under the terms of Administrative Council Resolution No. 494 (Possible Revision of the Structure of the Radio Conference and the Radio Regulations), it is not excluded that the present structure of the Administrative Radio Conference will be changed with, as effect, that the various sections of the Radio Regu lations will be subject to revision by specific Service Conferences, which would not neces sarily meet simultaneously.

4.3.3 Simplification o f C.C.I.R. Documentation ■ It has become apparent in recent years that there exists considerable confusion as to the precise difference between a “Question” and a “Study Programme”. Many cases have arisen where a text, which should properly have been designated a Question under the approved definition was, in fact, issued as a Study Programme, and vice versa. — 48 —

The existing approved definitions are, for instance, as given on page 11 of Vol. I of the IXth Plenary Assembly: Question: “Statement of a technical problem which the C.C.I.R. is to consider”. Study Programme: “Text describing the work to be done on a given technical problem forming the subject of a Question”. An example of this confusion is given by Study Group VI, which has 16 Study Programmes, none of which refer to any Question under study by the C.C.I.R. It is felt that more precise definitions of these two types of text would avoid misconceptions. To this end, it is suggested that the approved definitions of C.C.I.R. texts should be amended to read as follows: Recommendation: “A statement issued when a Question has been wholly or partly answered. A Question is normally terminated by the issue of a Recommendation”. Report: “An interim or provisional reply to a Question, or part of a Question, or a statement, for information, on the studies carried out by a Study Group on a given subject”. Question: “A statement of a technical problem, to which an answer is re quired”. Study Programme: “Text describing the work to be done on a given technical problem forming the subject of a Question to which an answer is required”. Resolution: To align the English text more closely with the French version and to make more unambiguous the nature of this text, it is sug gested that its title be changed to “Opinion” and that it be defined as: Opinion: “A statement of the opinion of the C.C.I.R. that certain action, generally of a non-technical nature, be taken, either within the C.C.I.R. itself, or in collaboration with other international organ izations”. Futhermore, to make more manifest the purpose of a Question, it is suggested that the operative part of a Question should read: “decides that an answer is required to the following question:”.

4.3.4 Miscellaneous 4.3.4.1 During the interim meetings of the Study Groups, it was suggested by several delegations that C.C.I.R. texts could well be shortened by deletion of the “considerings”. It is felt, however, that although the “considerings” of a text should be kept to a minimum, they ought not to be abolished altogether, as certain types of “considerings” are essential to a clear understanding of the text. 4.3.4.2 It is felt that the present complete lists giving the history of each text, whether in force, deleted or replaced, could be made into a single section and placed in Vol. IV. Those in force would continue to be listed in the appropriate volume.

5. THE SPECIALIZED SECRETARIAT

5.1 Director The Director would advise Members that he will reach the age of 65 in January 1965. In . consequence, and as he was an official of the I.T.U. prior to 1 January 1960, his retirement would normally take place on 31 December 1965. Therefore, if the Xlth Plenary Assembly were to be held in 1965, the election of a new Director, to take up office on 1 January 1966 should be envisaged. On the other hand, if the Xlth Plenary Assembly takes place after 1965, — 49 —

a period might occur where the position of Director, C.C.I.R. would be vacant. This latter contingency can be met in three ways: 5.1.1 the election by the Xth Plenary Assembly of a Director to take up office on 1 January 1966; 5.1.2 the extension in office of the present Director up to the period including the Xlth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., in accordance with the letter of appointment of the present Director, the text of which appears in Doc. 559 of the VHIth Plenary Assembly (Warsaw, 1956), provided, of course, that such extension does not exceed the statutory limit of two years; 5.1.3 the Xth Plenary Assembly could take no action and leave it to the Administrative Council of the I.T.U. to appoint an interim Director, in accordance with No. 113 of the Interna tional Telecommunication Convention (Geneva, 1959).

5.2 Vice-Director It will be recalled that the International Telecommunication Convention, which came into effect on 1 January 1961, does not provide for the post of Vice-Director, C.C.I.R. To assure the necessary continuity, the Plenipotentiary Conference, by its Resolution No. 4, decided that the Administrative Council should be authorized to grant an extension of services of the present incumbent of the post up to the closing of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. in 1963. At its Seventeenth Session, the Administrative Council, in consequence, decided that: (a) the C.C.I.R. Secretariat would have a Senior Counsellor, grade Dl, as Assistant to the Director from 1 September 1963. This is, of course, a nominated and not an elected post and it will be advertised in the usual way, Administrations being given a minimum period of four months to put forward candidates; (b) following his retirement after the Xth Plenary Assembly, the present Vice-Director should be re-engaged, under a Special Service Agreement, as Adviser to the Director until 31 December 1963.

5.3 Staff 5.3.1. While, as indicated above, the work-load of the C.C.I.R. has steadily increased, the consequences chiefly concern the general services of the I.T.U. — i.e., translation, typing, document reproduction, etc., for which more supernumerary staff may have to be engaged. It will be recalled that the IXth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. approved the increase by three posts of the staff of the permanent Secretariat of the C.C.I.R., so as to reduce the supernumerary staff needed. The Administrative Council gave effect to the Plenary Assembly’s request, and experience over the past three years has shown that the action taken was a wise one. The increasing work-load mentioned above does, however, make it necessary to add one bilingual Clerk-Typist (Grade G.3) to the Secretariat, and provision for this . extra post has been included in the estimates for expenditure. 5.3.2 On the other hand, the removal to the new I.T.U. building of all the organs of the Union has made it possible to reduce the staff of the C.C.I.R. by two persons: a stencil-machine operator and a caretaker, whose work has, for the major part, been taken over by the general services of the I.T.U. These two posts have therefore been transferred to the General Secretariat. The tasks which remain with the C.C.I.R. of these two posts could be accomplished by the additional G.3 referred to above. 5.3.3 The total effect of these various changes, including certain regardings considered desir- * able of existing posts, may be seen when comparing Annexes VIA and VIB, showing the C.C.I.R. staff establishment as of 1 January 1963 (existing situation) and that pro posed as of 1 September 1963. The necessary financial provisions have been included in the estimates of expenditure for future years. — 50 —

5.3.4 The Report of the Finance Committee to the IXth Plenary Assembly emphasized that, under the Convention, it was the responsibility of the Administrative Council to approve the staff requirements of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat, and it decided to recommend to the Plenary Assembly that the attention of the Council should be drawn to the increasing load of work on the C.C.I.R. Secretariat, with the request that this be taken into account in deciding on the number and grading of the staff required for the Secretariat. The Administrative Council has indeed approved the numbers of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat proposed, but the Director regrets to report that, in several cases, the grading of posts is lower than he recommended and indeed, in one or two cases, lower than that of posts of comparable responsibility and duties in other organs of the Union. The Director hopes that he will have the support of the Plenary Assembly in his continued efforts to persuade the Council to remove these anomalies.

5.4 C.C.I.R. estimates of expenditures In Annex VII details are given of C.C.I.R. expenditure for the years 1959, 1960, 1961 and 1962, compared to the budgets approved for these years by the Administrative Council. In addition, the budget for 1963, approved by the Council, is also given, as well as the estimates of financial requirements for the C.C.I.R. for the years 1964, 1965 and 1966. When considering the various figures given in this Annex, it should be borne in mind that, following the decision of the Plenipotentiary Conference of the I.T.U. to create a single budget, the costs of C.C.I.R. meetings no longer form a separate (extra ordinary) budget, established from year to year. In fact, these costs are now included in a general ceiling of meeting expenses, contained in Protocol II to the Geneva Convention. As a consequence, it was necessary, in 1959, to estimate the costs of C.C.I.R. meetings up to the year 1965 inclusive. It will be appreciated that this was an exceedingly difficult task, as at that time it was unknown which Study Groups would meet and where, so that no reasonable estim ate could be made as to the costs of such meetings. It is for this reason that, contrary to previous years, the Director has to report that the gratifying increase in the interest in C.C.I.R. activities has resulted, at least for the year 1962, in a surplus of expenditure over estimates of approximately 202 000 Swiss francs. Furthermore, it should be noted that the figures in Annex VII provide a very rough estimate for the Xlth Plenary Assembly in 1966. It is obviously quite impossible to give any reasonably precise figure, as neither the date, nor the place of this Plenary Assembly are yet known. In fact, it may be that the Xlth Plenary Assembly will take place in 1965, in which case the estimates of expenditure will have to be rearranged.

6. CONCLUSION

6.1. From this Report it will be seen that the interest in the work of the C.C.I.R. has continued to expand in the various traditional aspects of radiocommunications. In addition, the C.C.I.R. has closely followed new developments and initiated studies wherever it could contribute to the broadening of human endeavour. These new interests range from the highly technical — as, for instance, those connected with space communications — to the more social and human ones linked with technical co-operation, which is a matter of paramount urgency among many new nations, wishing to take their place in the world of radiocommunications. 6.2. In terminating this Report, the Director wishes to express his thanks and appreciation to the many participants in the work of the C.C.I.R., to his colleagues in the other organs of the I.T.U., to the Vice-Director, C.C.I.R., Mr. Leslie Hayes, and to the staff of the Specialized Secretariat, whose assistance and support has made it possible for him to carry out his task with its multiple responsibilities.

E . M e t z l e r , Director, C.C.I.R. — 51 —

I n M e m o r ia m

On 6 October 1959, Professor Dr. Balth. van der P o l , the first Director of the C.C.I.R., who had retired on 31 December 1956, died at his home in Wassenaar, Netherlands.

On 4 March 1961, Mr. Jan van der M a r k , who had retired as Counsellor in the C.C.I.R. Secretariat on 31 December 1960, died at his home in Geneva.

ANNEX I

Administrative Circular AC/51 29th August 1961

To a l l A dministrations M e m b e r s a n d A s s o c ia t e M e m b e r s o f t h e I.T.U. Dear Sir, Administrative Circular AC/42 of 12 April 1961 requested Members and Associate Members of the I.T.U. to express their opinions regarding the acceptance by the C.C.I.R. of certain decisions taken by the C.C.I.T.T., during their Ilnd Plenary Assembly, New Delhi, 1960. To date, 35 affirmative and no negative replies have been received. Of the affirmative replies, 33 accepted the proposals without comment. New Zealand expressed the opinion that “this action will not fulfil all requirements of Plenipotentiary Recommendation No. 2, particularly in regard to the study of items on page 5 of Annex I of AC/42, and suggest this aspect could well be further considered”. The United Kingdom felt that, “while it would of course be appropriate for the C.C.I.R. Study Groups to study general technical questions on radio which it may be decided to put to them, we think the C.C.I.R. should not become involved in planning specific systems in particular countries.”. It is therefore considered that the decisions of the C.C.I.T.T. on this subject are acceptable to the C.C.I.R. We enclose a copy of Administrative Council Resolution No. 448, which replaces Resolution No. 292, dealing with the organization of the Plan Committee. As the Plan Committee and its three Sub-Committees (for the Far East, for Africa and for Latin America), are administered by the C.C.I.T.T. Secretariat, Administrations wishing to participate as C.C.I.R. members should inform the Director of the C.C.I.T.T. accordingly, with a copy for information to the Director of the C.C.I.R. Yours faithfully, (Signed): Leslie W. Hayes for Dr. E. Metzler Director, C.C.I.R. Encl.: Administrative Council Resolution No. 448

A dministrative C o u n c i l R e s o l u t io n No. 448 C o m m it t e e f o r t h e g e n e r a l p l a n f o r t h e development o f telecommunication n e t w o r k s The Administrative Council,

HAVING CONSIDERED (a) its Resolution No. 383 relative to the extension of the general plan for the development of the international network; (b) numbers 178 and 179 of the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959, relative to study by the C.C.I’s of questions of interest to new or developing countries; (c) Resolution No. 36 annexed to the Geneva Convention, relative to the setting up of a Plan Sub-Committee for Latin America; (d) Recommendation No. 2 annexed to the Geneva Convention, relative to C.C.I. activities in the field of technical assistance; (e) the arrangements drawn up by the Ilnd Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T. (New Delhi, 1960) with a view to the application of these various texts; (f) the report by the Director, C.C.I.T.T. and the Director, C.C.I.R. on the terms of reference, organization and working of the Plan Committee;

RESOLVES 1. that the Committee for General Plan for the Development of Telecommunication Networks * shall be a C.C.I.T.T.-C.C.I.R. Joint Committee; it shall be completed by three (also joint) regional Sub-Committees, for Africa, Asia and Latin America; 2. that this Committee shall be responsible, either directly or through its regional Sub-Committees: 2.1 for establishing a general plan for the development of the international network to help Administrations and recognized private operating agencies, when they conclude mutual agreements to organize and improve the international services between their respective countries; 2.2 for examining the technical, operating and tariff questions raised either directly or indirectly in the various regions of the world by the application of the different stages of this plan, to make an inventory of questions of interest to new or developing countries, and to set such questions for study if necessary, in accordance with No. 180 of the International Telecom munication Convention (Geneva, 1959); 3. that the Plenary Assembly of each of the C.C.I’s shall arrange for its representation on the Committee and the regional Sub-Committees. The Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T. shall nominate the Chairmen of the Committee and the Sub-Committees, while-the Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. shall designate the Vice-Chairmen; the representatives of both C.C.I’s shall study together the questions submitted to the Committee and the Sub-Committees; 4. that the plan for the development of the international network prepared by the Committee shall not normally be submitted in a report to the Plenary Assemblies; however, a report shall be submitted either to the Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.T.T. or to that of the C.C.I.R. (according to the questions dealt with), on problems of interest to new or developing countries; 5. that the Director, C.C.I.T.T. shall be responsible for organizing the work of the Committee and the Sub-Committees and shall provide the secretariat for them, although he shall remain in close liaison with the Director, C.C.I.R. in all the preparatory stages of meetings; he shall be responsible for assembling all data about networks and existing traffic volumes, as well as on future requirements, in consultation with the Administrations, private operating agencies and other users of international telecommunication routes; he shall also collect all information on problems of interest to new or developing countries and shall forward any of the inform ation which concerns the C.C.I.R. to the Director, C.C.I.R.

ANNEX II (See §3.5.1)

A g r e e m e n t between t h e P r e s id e n t o f t h e R e p u b l i c o f I n d ia and t h e I nternational T elecommunication U n io n Introduction The present Agreement, concluded with reference to I.T.U. Administrative Council Resolution No. 83 (amended) by the President of the Republic of India (hereinafter referred to as “the inviting Administration”) and by the International Telecommunication Union,

* The former name was “ Committee for the General Plan for the Development of the International Network ” — 53 —

represented by the Director of the International Radio Consultative Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “I.T.U.” and the “C.C.I.R.” respectively), is designed to facilitate the organ ization of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. (hereinafter referred to as the “Assembly”). This Agreement is based on the relevant provisions of the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959 with its Annexes, and of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies (hereinafter referred to as “the Convention”), as well as on the experience acquired at previous C.C.I.R. meetings. Two copies of this Agreement have been signed by the contracting parties. One copy has been kept by the inviting Administration and the other by the I.T.U.

A. General provisions 1. Name o f the Assembly The Assembly shall be officially known as the “Xth Plenary Assembly of the Inter national Radio Consultative Committee (C.C.I.R.)”. 2. Place and date o f the Assembly At the invitation of the Administration of the Republic of India, the Assembly shall meet in the Vigyan Bhavan, New Delhi. The official opening will take place on Wednesday, 16th January, 1963 at 11 a.m., and the closing meeting, unless otherwise decided by the Assembly, on Friday, 15th Feb ruary, 1963, provided that any extension in the duration of the Assembly would be subject to the availability of the Vigyan Bhavan for the period of extension. 3. Invitations As soon as this Agreement has been signed, the Director, C.C.I.R. shall, on behalf of the inviting Administration, invite all Members of the C.C.I.R., the United Nations, its Specialized Agencies and other international organizations which take part in the work of the C.C.I.R., to attend the Assembly. The inviting Administration shall apply without reservation the provisions of the Convention. It shall permit the persons attending on behalf of Members and other bodies invited, elected officials and members of the Secretariat of the Union and their families to enter India and to sejourn in New Delhi and other parts of India throughout the duration of their function or mission in connection with the Assembly. 4. Languages Provision will be made for the use of languages in accordance with Nos. 686 and 687 of Chapter 14 of the General Regulations annexed to the International Telecommu nication Convention, Geneva, 1959. 5. Cancellation of, or change in, the place and! or date o f the Assembly Should the Assembly be cancelled at the request of the inviting Administration, all expenses incurred by the inviting Administration for preparation of the Assembly shall be borne by that Administration. In case of a change in the place and/or date of the Assembly at the request of the inviting Administration, the expenses incurred by that Administration as a result of such a change or such changes shall be borne by that Administration. Should the Assembly be cancelled, or should there be a change in place and/or date as a result of a decision taken by the I.T.U., the latter’s responsibility towards the inviting Administration shall be limited to the financial commitments incurred by that Administration, or to the sums actually disbursed by it, on preparations for the Assembly, and only in so far as the expenses incurred are indispensable and cannot be either reduced or annulled.

B. Financial provisions 1. Expenses borne by the inviting Administration The inviting Administration hereby agrees to bear all expenses in connection with the following; — 54 —

(a) the provision of premises, including fixed installations, with the exception of the simultaneous interpretation equipment, as well as upkeep and cleaning; (b) the staff exclusively at the service of the Chairman and/or of his representative(s); (c) the official (and his staff) responsible for maintaining liaison between the inviting Administration and the C.C.I.R.; (d) the Reception Committee; . (e) all excursions and other events organized by the inviting Administration; (f) certain supplies, as set forth in § F.3 and Annex D.

2. Expenses debited to the budget o f the Assembly (a) The I.T.U. shall pay a consolidated sum of 40 000 Swiss francs to the inviting Administration towards: — the rental of office and other furniture; — use and upkeep of the simultaneous interpretation equipment in the conference rooms and staff of the control operator’s panel; — insurance; — the use of common premises, lifts and washrooms, etc.; — water and electricity; — air conditioning; — internal telephone service. (b) In addition to the expenses referred to under B.2. (a), all expenses, other than those referred to in § B.I., shall be debited to the budget of the Assembly. 3. Advance of funds The inviting Administration shall advance to the C.C.I.R. sufficient funds in local currency to meet the expenditure of its Secretariat in India. The I.T.U. shall refund those sums to the inviting Administration in Swiss francs. The inviting Administration shall not claim interest from the I.T.U. on the sums it has advanced for 30 days after the final accounts of the Assembly have been received by the Secretary-General of the I.T.U. At the end of this period, if the account has not been paid, it shall bear interest at 4% per annum in favour of the Administration of the Republic of India. The Secretary-General-of the I.T.U. shall give instructions for the full refund of these monies by 30 June, 1963, at the latest, provided he has received the final accounts at least one month before that date.

C. Staff 1. Staff required Annex A gives a list of staff required for the Assembly. The periods for which the staff supplied by the inviting Administration shall be engaged shall be decided on by agreement between the C.C.I.R. and the inviting Administration. 2. Recruitment of staff The staff marked with asterisks in Annex A shall be supplied by the C.C.I.R. and the remainder shall be supplied by the inviting Administration. Nevertheless, if the inviting Administration is unable to supply all or part of such staff, it shall inform the C.C.I.R. to that effect in good time, and in no case later than 1 October 1962, so that the C.C.I.R. may make arrangements for its recruitment.

3. Scale o f salaries and allowances; insurance and working hours (a) The provisions in force at the time of the Assembly in the I.T.U. as regards the scale of salaries and per diem allowances, insurances, working hours and overtime shall be applicable to staff of, or recruited by, the I.T.U. for the Assembly; (b) the relevant provisions of Indian legislation shall be applicable to staff supplied by the inviting Administration, allowance being made for local practice; it being — 55 —

understood that all sums under this heading will be paid by the inviting Administra tion in local currency. These amounts shall be refunded in Swiss francs in accordance with § B.3, it being understood that the amount of salaries which the inviting Administration may ask to be refunded shall not exceed the sum which would result from application of the salary scale in force in the I.T.U. for the corresponding categories of staff.

D. Premises 1. Premises required A list of the premises required for the Assembly is given in Annex B to this Agreement. 2. Security measures The inviting Administration shall be responsible for general security measures in the premises reserved for the Assembly. 3. Internal communication system The inviting Administration shall install an internal telephone network with a set in each of the offices or rooms used for the Assembly (except for a few cases approved by the Director, C.C.I.R. and the inviting Administration). Outside the switchboard operators’ working hours, the offices of the Chairman, the Director, the Vice-Director of the C.C.I.R., the Secretary of the Assembly, the typing pool and the documents section shall be directly connected to the general network. 4. Upkeep and cleaning and facilities in the premises The inviting Administration shall be responsible for upkeep and cleaning of premises and shall also arrange for such simple installations as may be found necessary. 5. Furniture The inviting Administration shall supply the furniture detailed in Annex B to this Agreement. 6. Period during which premises will be available The premises to be occupied by the Assembly, except those designed for general use, shall be exclusively available to it as from Wednesday, 16 January to Friday, 15 February, 1963, it being understood that the plenary meeting room can also be used for other purposes when the Assembly is not holding plenary meetings. The office premises for the Secretariat shall be available to it from Monday, 7 January to Monday 18 February, 1963. During the period underlined above, any person officially connected with the Assembly shall have access to these premises at any hour of the day or night; other persons may be admitted in the interest of the Assembly.

E. Office machinery and technical equipment 1. A list of the office machinery and technical equipment for the Assembly is given in Annex C. The items marked with an asterisk will be supplied by the C.C.I.R., the remainder by the inviting Administration, preferably on a rental basis. Should the inviting "Administration not be able to supply any of the latter items, it will so advise the C.C.I.R. not later than 1 October, 1962, in order that the C.C.I.R. may make arrangements to supply these items. 2. The inviting Administration will furnish the Director, C.C.I.R., also by 1 October 1962, with a list showing the cost, on a rental or other basis, of each item it is able to supply. The Director, C.C.I.R. may, on the basis of this list, decide to supply any item which can be more economically furnished by the C.C.I.R. It is nevertheless agreed that the simultaneous interpretation equipment required for the Assembly shall be supplied, mairitained and operated by the inviting Administration. — 56 —

3. The cost of office machinery and technical equipment furnished by the inviting Admin istration shall be chargeable to the budget of the Assembly and the sums advanced for this purpose shall be refunded in Swiss francs in accordance with § B.3.

F. Office and other supplies 1. A list of office and other supplies required for the Assembly is given in Annex D. The items marked with an asterisk will be supplied by the C.C.I.R., the remainder by the inviting Administration. Should the inviting Administration not be able to supply any of the latter items, it will so advise the C.C.I.R., not later than 1 October, 1962, in order that the C.C.I.R. may make arrangements to supply these items. 2. The inviting Administration will furnish the Director, C.C.I.R., also by 1 October 1962, with a list showing the cost of each item it is able to supply. The Director, C.C.I.R. may, on the basis of this list, decide to supply any item which can be more economically furnished by the C.C.I.R. 3. The cost of office and other supplies furnished by the inviting Administration shall, with exception of the items in Annex D marked with two asterisks, which costs will be borne by the inviting Administration, be charged to the budget of the Assembly and the sums advanced for this purpose shall be refunded in Swiss francs in accordance with B.3.

G. Franking privileges The inviting Administration shall make all arrangements relative to the telegraph and telephone franking privileges mentioned in Opinion No. 1 (see Annex E to this Agreement) of the Ordinary Administrative Telegraph and Telephone Conference (Geneva, 1958). The extent of these privileges shall be communicated to participants before the Assembly begins, if possible.

H. Miscellaneous 1. Consular and customs formalities The inviting Administration shall take the necessary steps, within the limits set by the law and the customs regulations of the Republic of India, and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Convention, to facilitate, as far as possible, for participants in the Assembly (including the Secretariat), and for the persons accompanying them, delivery of visas and customs formalities in connection with their personal effects, on both entering and leaving the Republic of India. 2. Fiscal provisions The salaries and emoluments paid to persons who, under the income tax law, are not considered as residing in the Republic of India, shall not be subject to income tax in that Republic. 3. Insurance The inviting Administration shall supply the necessary information to enable those interested to benefit from a system of insurance, with special reference to persons working for the Assembly (and their personal effects) on the premises of the Assembly. The I.T.U. shall undertake to insure such staff (and their belongings) as may be recruited by it outside the Republic of India, for the duration of the Assembly. 4. Lodging It will be the responsability of the participants in the Assembly to arrange and pay for their accommodation in New Delhi. However, by way of courtesy, the inviting Administration may assist the participants to the extent possible in arranging hotel accommodation. With this in view, the inviting Administration may supply to the C.C.I.R. relevant information well in advance of the Assembly for eventual circulation to the participants. In no case, however, will either the inviting Administration or the I.T.U. be responsible, in any measure, financially or otherwise, for any matters arising in respect — 57 —

of accommodation for the participants in the Assembly, apart from such measures the inviting Administration or the I.T.U. might take for the accommodation of their own staff.

I. Final clauses 1. Liaison The inviting Administration and the C.C.I.R. shall each designate an official of a fairly high rank to agree on the necessary detailed arrangements within the framework of this Agreement. 2. Amendments to this Agreement Any amendment to this Agreement or its Annexes must be signed in the same manner as the Agreement itself and be annexed to it. However, since the figures quoted in the Agreement and its Annexes, as regards the numbers of officials, the categories of staff, furniture and equipment, etc., have been based on experience acquired at previous meetings, and hence are liable to slight modification, such changes shall be made by mutual agreement between the C.C.I.R. and the inviting Administration, without being considered as “amendments” in the sense given to the term above. _ . / New Delhi, this day of ...... , 1962 e in \ Geneva, th is ...... day o f ...... 1962. For and on behalf of the President For the Secretary General of the of the Republic of India: International Telecommunication Union: M.M. Philip, - Dr. E; Metzler, Secretary to the Government of India, Director, C.C.I.R. Ministry of Transport and Communications (Departments of Communications and Civil Aviation)

A n n e x A S t a f f r e q u i r e d f o r t h e Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y o f t h e C.C.I.R.

Directorate o f the C.C.I.R. Secretary, Director C .C .I.R ...... 1* Secretary, Vice-Director C.C.I.R...... 1* Office o f the Secretary Secretary of the Plenary Assembly...... 1* A ssista n ts...... 2* Editing group Secretaries...... 2* Administrative services Assistant Secretary of the Plenary A ssem bly ...... 1* Assistant...... 1* Messenger service Chief M essenger...... 1 Messengers...... 8 Technicians simultaneous interpretation Chief technician...... 1 O p e ra to rs ...... 4

* Staff to be brought from Geneva. — 58 —

Linguistic services Assistant Secretary of the Plenary Assembly j* Secretaries ...... 2* Document Control Officers...... 2* Interpretation Chief Interpreter...... 1* Interpreters (English)...... Interpreters (French)...... Interpreters (Spanish)...... Interpreters (Russian)...... 33 Translation and Reporting English section R e v is e r ...... Translators...... Shortland typist...... French section R evisers...... 2* Translators...... Shortland typists ...... 2* Spanish section R evisers...... 2* Translators...... 6* Shortland typists ...... 24 Typing pool Chief of p o o l...... 1* A ssista n ts...... 1* Typists: E nglish ...... 4* E n g lis h ...... 12 French...... 9* Spanish ...... 9* 36 Draughting service Draughtsman...... Draughtsman...... Document reproduction services Head of Service...... Heads of shifts ...... O p e ra to rs ...... Assembly clerks...... 19 Document distribution Head of Service...... C lerk s...... Financial services Assistant Secretary of the Plenary Assembly Assistant ...... Supply clerk ...... 154 persons

* Staff to brought from Geneva. — 59 —

A n n e x B

S p a c e a n d f u r n i t u r e requirements , Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y C.C.I.R. Room No. Designation Utilization Equipment Ground floor 100 Ground floor foyer Document distribution 500 Pigeon holes, counter, storage current documents Newspapers, Cloakroom, To be determined by inviting Information Administration 102 Assistant Secretary Allocation meeting 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 2 armchairs, (Administrative) rooms, registration 15 chairs, 8 tables 107 Overseas Overseas As required Communication Communication Service Service 112 Office Room Bank, P. & T. As required Tourist information A Plenary Room Plenary sessions Existing equipment B Committee Room Meetings of Sub-Groups Existing equipment plus blackboard First floor C Committee Room Meetings of Study Existing equipment plus blackboard Groups and Sub-Groups D Committee Room Meetings of Study Existing equipment plus blackboard Groups and Sub-Groups E Committee Room Meetings of Study Existing equipment plus blackboard Groups and Sub-Groups F Committee Room Meetings of Study Existing equipment plus blackboard Groups and Sub-Groups 200 First floor foyer Travel Agency As required 201 Office Technical Editor (E) Desk, 2 chairs, 1 table, shelving 203 Office Secretaries, Editing 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 1 table, shelving Committee 205 Office Technical Editor (F) Desk, 2 chairs, 1 table, shelving 207 Meeting Room Editing Committee Tables and chairs for 12 persons, blackboard, shelving 210 Office Interpreters’ common Chairs and tables for 20 persons, shelving room 211 Office Archives 1 table, 1 chair 212 Office Chief Interpreter 1 desk, 2 chairs, shelving 213 Office Document storage Shelving, 1 table, 1 chair 214 Office Assistant Secretary 1 desk, 1 typing table, 2 chairs, 1 safe, (Finance and Personal) 1 table, shelving 215 Office Storage — 216 Office Assistant to Assistant 1 typing table, 1 table, filing cabinet, Secretary 2 chairs (Finance and Personal) 217 Office Messengers 1 table, 6 chairs 218 Office Translation (Spanish) 3 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 219 Office Translation (English) 2 desks, 1 typing table, 1 table, shelving, 2 chairs — 60 —

Room No. Designation Utilization Equipment

220 Office Translation (Spanish) 2 typing tables, 1 table, shelving, 2 chairs 221 Office Revision (English) 1 desk, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 222 Office Translation (Spanish) 3 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 223 Office Revision (French) 2 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 224 Office Revision (Spanish) 2 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 225 Office Translation (French) 3 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 227 Office Translation (French) 2 typing tables, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 228 Office Chief typists (English) 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 229 Office Translation (French) 3 desks, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 230 Office Typing Pool (English) 15 typing tables, 5 tables, 15 chairs, shelving 231 Office Chief typist (Spanish) 1 desk, 1 typing table, 1 table, 2 chairs, shelving 232 Office Document control 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 1 chair, 1 table, shelving 233 Office Typing Pool (Spanish) 8 typing tables, 3 tables, 2 chairs, shelving 234 Office Assistant Secretary 1 desk, 1 table, 3 armchairs (Documents) 235 Office Supply Room 1 desk, 1 chair, 1 typing table, shelving, 1 table ' 236 Office Assistants to Assistant 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 2 chairs, 1 table, Secretary (Documents) shelving 238 Meeting Room Meeting of Sub-Groups Table and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard 240 Meeting Room Meeting of Sub-Groups Table and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard 241 Office Typing Pool (French) 8 typing tables, 3 tables, shelving 243 Office Chief typist (French) 1 desk, 1 typing table, 2 chairs, 1 table, shelving 245 Office Chief of Pool and 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 2 chairs, 1 table, Assistant shelving 247 Office Draughtsman 2 draughting tables, fully equipped, 1 table, 2 chairs 255 Lounge Lounge Armchairs, small tables 260 Meeting Room Sub-Groups Tables and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard

Second floor G Committee Room Study Groups Existing equipment, plus blackboard H Committee Room Study Groups Existing equipment, plus blackboard 301 Medical Service Medical Service As required 303 Medical Service Medical Service As required 305 Office Secretary to Secretary- 1 desk, 1 typing table, 1 table, shelving, General of the I.T.U. 2 armchairs 307 Office Secretary-General of 1 large desk, 1 carpet, 1 small table, the I.T.U. 4 armchairs — 61 —

Room No. Designation Utilization Equipment 310 Offices Indian Delegation According to needs of Indian Delegation -321 322 Office Secretary to Liaison According to needs of Indian Delegation Officer 323 Office Technician, C.C.I.R. 1 desk, 2 chairs, 1 table, shelving 324 Office Liaison Officer According to needs of Indian Delegation 325 Office Engineers, C.C.I.R. 2 desks, 3 chairs, 1 table, shelving 327 Office Counsellor, C.C.I.R. 1 desk, 2 armchairs, 1 table, shelving 328 Office Messengers 1 table, 3 chairs 329 Office Vice-Director, C.C.I.R. 1 large table, 1 small table, 3 armchairs, 1 carpet 330 Meeting Room • Sub-Groups Tables and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard 331 Office Secretaries to Director 2 desks, 2 typing tables, 2 chairs, 1 table, and Vice-Director, shelving C.C.I.R. 332 Office I.F.R.B. 1 desk, 1 small table, 3 armchairs, bookcase, carpet 333 Office Director, C.C.I.R. 1 desk, 1 small table, 4 armchairs, bookcase, carpet 334 Office I.F.R.B. 2 desks, 1 small table, 3 armchairs, bookcase, carpet 335 Office Secretary to Chairman According to needs determined by the of Xth Plenary Assembly inviting Administration 336 Office Indian Delegation According to needs determined by the inviting Administration 338 Office Indian Delegation According to needs determined by the inviting Administration 340 Meeting Room Sub-Groups Tables and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard 341 Office Chairman, Xth Plenary According to needs determined by the Assembly inviting Administration 343 Office C.C.I.T.T. 1 desk, 1 small table, 2 armchairs, bookcase, carpet 345 Office Secretary, Xth Plenary 1 desk, 1 chair, 3 armchairs, Assembly shelving 347 Office Assistant to Secretary 1 desk, 1 typing table, 2 chairs, Xth Plenary Assembly shelving 355 Lounge Lounge Armchairs, small tables 362 Meeting Room Sub-Groups Tables and chairs for maximum number of persons, blackboard Hall Stencil Room Document reproduction 10 electric stencil machines (Gestetner and assembly Mod. 160, 260 or 360), 10 tables, Notes: 10 chairs, shelving (1) Wherever a desk is mentioned, this is considered to comprise an appropriate desk chair, desk-lamp, ashtray and wastepaper basket. (2) Wherever a typing table is mentioned, this is considered to comprise an appropriate chair and desk-lamp. ' (3) An additional 25 wastepaper baskets should be available, for use according to circumstances. (4) A supply of fresh water in carafes and glasses should be available each morning and afternoon in the interpreters’ booths and on the Chairman’s table in rooms A-H, when in use. — 62 —

A n n e x C

O f f ic e m a c h i n e r y a n d t e c h n ic a l e q u ip m e n t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y o f t h e C.C.I.R.

Item No. Description Quantity Assignment 1 Typewriter (13" carriage) 15 Typing Pool (English) 2 Typewriter (20" carriage) 3 Typing Pool (English) 3* Typewriters (various) Geneva Staff 4 Stencil machines (electric) 10 Stencil Room 5 Adding machine (electric, with recording tape) 1 Finance and Personnel Office Notes: 1. All typewriters to have elite characters. 2. The stencil machines should preferably be Gestetner, recent models, with vacuum ink feed and automatic inking.

A n n e x D

O f f ic e a n d o t h e r s u p p l i e s f o r t h e Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y o f t h e C.C.I.R.

Item No. Description Quantity l*si= Badges 750 2 ** Identity cards 750 3** Telegraph and telephone franchise cards 750 4** Writing paper (airmail), with Plenary Assembly letter-head 5 000 sheets 5 ^ Envelopes for item 4 5 000 6 Stencils 7 500 7 Stencil paper (white) 1 500 000 sheets 8 Stencil paper (pink) 700 000 sheets 9 Stencil paper (green) 60 000 sheets 10 Stencil paper (yellow) 50 000 sheets 11 Stencil paper (blue) 20 000 sheets 12 Stencil ink As required for total amount of paper listed under items 7-11 13 Writing pads, white paper, approx. 50 sheets per pad, size approx. 8 "x 12" 750 14 Pencils, black, eraser-tipped 1 000 15 Typewriter paper, white, heavy, approx. 8"xl2" 15 000 sheets 16 Typewriter paper, copy, approx. 8 "x 12" 25 000 sheets 17 Wrappers for used stencils 800 18 Envelopes for manuscripts of documents, approx. 9" x 13" 800

Notes: 1. Samples of items 6-11 were sent to the inviting Administration, under cover of C.C.I.R. letter XO/7 of 27 September, 1961. 2. A sample of item 17 was sent to the inviting Administration,' under cover of C.C.I.R. letter XO/13 of 11 January, 1962. — 63 —

A n n e x E

OPINION 1 *

T e l e g r a p h a n d t e l e p h o n e f r a n k i n g p r i v i l e g e s f o r d e l e g a t e s AND REPRESENTATIVES AT CONFERENCES AND MEETINGS OF THE I.T.U.

The Ordinary Administrative Telegraph and Telephone Conference, Geneva, 1958,

HAVING EXAMINED the question of telegraph and telephone franking privileges for delegates and representatives at conferences and meetings of the I.T.U.,

DECLARES THE VIEW that, at conferences and meetings of the I.T.U. the following rules should be observed by Administrations and, as far as possible, by recognized private operating agencies, for the application of the franking privileges mentioned in Rule 26 of Chapter 9 of the General Regulations annexed to the Convention (Buenos-Aires, 1952).

1. Telegraph franking privileges (a) Private “ Conference ” telegrams shall, in principle, be exchanged between beneficiaries of franking privileges and their families; (b) Delegates and representatives, the Secretary-General, the Director, C.C.I.T.T., the Director and Vice-Director, C.C.I.R., members of the I.F.R.B., the Assistant Secretaries- General and members of the Administrative Council may .exchange free telegrams either with their Administrations or with the seat of the Union; (c) Urgent and/or secret language “Conference” telegrams shall not be admitted. However, heads of delegations or their deputies and members of the Administrative Council may exchange urgent and/or secret language telegrams with their Administrations.

2. Telephone franking privileges § 1 Telephone franking privileges shall be limited to the Administrations or recognized private operating agencies, of the countries which agree to apply them on a reciprocal basis. They shall consist of free telephone calls (“Conference calls”) granted in the circumstances listed below. § 2 All delegates and representatives may exchange ordinary calls with their Administrations or recognized private operating agencies. Only heads of delegations or their official deputies are authorized to request urgent calls in relations where such calls are admitted. § 3 Members of the Administrative Council, taking part as such in an I.T.U. meeting, are authorized to request ordinary or urgent calls either with their Administrations or with the seat of the Union. § 4 The Secretary-General, the members of the I.F.R.B., the Directors of the C.C.I.’s, the Vice-Director, C.C.I.R. and the Assistant Secretaries-General, taking part in I.T.U. meetings away from Geneva, are authorized to request ordinary calls with the seat of the Union on matters concerning the business of the Union. § 5 At I.T.U. conferences and' meetings, delegates and representatives, members of the Administrative Council and I.T.U. officials (if the meetings are held away from Geneva), are authorized to request once a week an ordinary private call of a duration of six minutes or twice a week an ordinary private call of three minutes when their families live in the area where the caller normally works or in the immediate proximity. § 6 Apart from the calls mentioned in § 5 above, of which the duration is always limited, Administrations or recognized operating agencies may, if there is congestion, limit the duration of other free calls to six minutes.

* See page 195 of the Telegraph Regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) and page 70 of the Telephone Regulations (Geneva revi sion, 1958). — 64 —

ANNEX III (see § 4.2.2)

T h e publication o f t h e conclusions o f C.C.I.R. S t u d y G r o u p s

General It is assumed that the interim meeting of any given Study Group will, in principle, consider all items on the programme of that Study Group. In consequence, the Study Group may decide on the basis of contributions received, whether any or all of the items on this programme require modification. It is of particular importance that draft conclusions in the form of draft Recommenda tions be formulated, as answers to Question and/or Study Programmes. It may, however, occur that, due to lack of contributions on a given subject, no modified or new texts will be forthcoming, and it is felt that attention should be drawn in a appropriate manner to such an occurrence. In addition, it may be necessary to revise existing Recommendations, Reports and Resolutions which originally emanated from the Study Group.

Contents o f the Booklets In view of the preceding, it is proposed that the booklets referred to should contain: (а) an Introduction giving the status of all texts pertaining to the Study Group in question, i.e. whether they have been deleted, maintained, modified, etc.; (б) the texts of all draft conclusions of the interim Study Group meeting; (c) a list of participants in the meeting; (d) a list of contributions received, in numerical order. These booklets would, as mentioned in the body of the Director’s Report, be submitted to the Plenary Assembly, together with any additional contributions received after the interim meetings, for final consideration, so that the draft proposals may be subsequently published as official findings of the C.C.I.R.

ANNEX IV (see § 4.2.3)

DRAFT RESOLUTION *

ORGANIZATION OF C.C.I.R. WORK (New Delhi, 1963) The C.C.I.R.,

CONSIDERING (a) the importance of utilizing the period of the Plenary Assembly as efficiently as possible; (b) the experience acquired between the VUIth and IXth and the IXth and Xth Plenary Assem blies, with particular reference to interim Study Group ** meetings; (c) the need to keep interim Study Group meetings to a minimum, consistent with effective and economical working; (d) the desirability of continuing the efforts to spread the work-load of the Members and of the Secretariat as evenly as possible over the interval between Plenary Assemblies;

r e s o l v e s : 1. with respect to the organization of Study Group work:

* This Resolution replaces Resolutions 35 and 67. ** The term Study Group in this Resolution is considered to apply also to Joint Study Groups set up in conformity with Chapter 19, § 1(1) of the General Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention (Geneva, 1959) and which are administered by the C.C.I.R. — 65 —

1.1 that every effort should be made by the Chairmen of the Study Groups and by the Director to improve the efficiency of work by correspondence; 1.2 that, to expedite the work of the Study Groups between meetings, special ad hoc groups, with specific terms of reference, may be set up. Where possible, the membership, organization and terms of reference of these groups should be established by the Study Group concerned, but if this is not possible they may be established by the Chairman of the Stu^y Group concerned, in consultation with the Director, C.C.I.R.; 1.3 that interim Study Group meetings are only to be held when it is deemed essential and should be kept as short as possible; 1.4 that the necessity for holding an interim Study Group meeting, and the exact dates of such a meeting, will be decided between the Director, C.C.I.R. and the Chairman of the Study Group concerned, after the latter has consulted the participants in the work of his Study Group and his Administration and obtained the agreement of the majority of participants (refer to Chapter 16 of the General Regulations annexed to the International Telecommuni cation Convention); 1.5 that all the work to be carried out during the interim meeting should be confined to that which it has not been possible to deal with by correspondence; 1.6 that interim Study Group meetings should take place during the period between about 10 months after the close of the last Plenary Assembly and should terminate no later than seven months before the opening of the following Plenary Assembly; 1.7 that Study Groups having related subjects should, in so far as possible, meet at the same place, either concurrently or consecutively; 1.8 that the Chairman of each Study Group holding an interim meeting should prepare an interim Report, outlining the work to be done at the meeting, and that such reports should reach the Director, C.C.I.R. at least two months before the opening of the corresponding meeting; 1.9 that contributions for interim meetings should reach the Director four months prior to the opening of the interim Study Group meeting at which they are to be discussed, so that there may be sufficient time for their reproduction and distribution among the participants in the work of that Study Group; 1.10 that the conclusions of interim Study Group meetings should be issued in the form of booklets, which would contain: — an introduction giving the status of all texts pertaining to the Study Group in question, i.e. whether they have been deleted, maintained, modified, etc.; — the texts of all draft Recommendations, Reports, Resolutions, Questions and Study Pro grammes of the interim Study Group meeting; — a list of participants in the meeting; — a list of contributions received; 1.11 that these conclusions, when published, should form part of the documentation for the next meeting of the Study Group, or of the Plenary Assembly, whichever takes place first; 1.12 that all Study Groups should hold final meetings at the same place and immediately preceding the Plenary Assembly, except if the Chairman of a given Study Group, after the consul tations provided for in § 1.4, does not consider such a meeting to be necessary;

2. with respect to the organization of the Plenary Assembly:

2.1 that the preparatory documentation of the Plenary Assembly shall consist of: 2.1.1 for Study Groups which have held interim meetings: — the most recent conclusions of interim Study Group meetings of each Study Group; — contributions to the work of the various Study Groups which have not yet been taken into account in the conclusions of the interim Study Group meetings; — 66 —

2.1.2 for Study Groups which have not held interim meetings: — contributions to the work of such Study Groups; 2.1.3 the final Report of the Chairmen of all Study Groups; 2.1.4 the Report of the Director to the Plenary Assembly; 2.1.5 documents bearing on the organization of the C.C.I.R.; 2.1.6* documents of interest to the C.C.I.R. from other international organizations; 2.2 that the documentation referred to above shall be submitted to the Director of the C.C.I.R. within the following time limits: — final Reports of the Chairmen: no later than 4 months before the opening of the Plenary Assembly; — contributions: no later than 6 months before the opening of the Plenary Assembly; 2.3 that contributions submitted after the preparation of the Final Reports by the Chairmen of Study Groups will be considered by the Study Groups in their final meetings during the Plenary Assembly only in the most exceptional cases and subject to the approval of the Plenary Assembly. Such contributions shall be placed on the agenda of the first working session of the Plenary Assembly for consideration; 3. that the presentation of contributions should, as far as possible, follow the indications given in the Annex to this Resolution.

A n n e x

C ontributions f o r C.C.I.R. m e e t in g s To secure economy both in time and money in the reproduction of contributions for C.C.I.R. meetings, contributions should be prepared and presented in accordance with the following points: General 1.1 Each contribution should bear a clear indication as to the Study Group to which it belongs, the text to which it refers and the meeting at which it is to be presented; 1.2 each contribution should deal only with one Question, Study Programme, etc.; 1.3 where a simple reference to the number or paragraph of an existing text can be made, lengthy quotations from existing material should be avoided; 1.4 documents of purely theoretical interest, which do not have a direct bearing on Questions or Study Programmes, should not be submitted in their entirety. A short abstract of such a document should be sent to the C.C.I.R. for translation and publication; 1.5 articles which have been, or are to be, published in the technical press should not be submitted to the C.C.I.R. Short abstracts only of such articles may be sent to the C.C.I.R. for trans lation and publication. Copies of these articles in their original form could be distributed directly by the Administration concerned to those who expressed their desire to receive copies; 1.6 in conformity with § 1 of Resolution (Annex IV to this Report), when contributions are sent to the Chairman of a Study Group, three copies should be sent simultaneously to the Director, C.C.I.R. for translation and reproduction. 2. Texts Texts, which should not exceed about 2 500 words (5 pages) in length, should be presented in one of the working languages of the Union, typewritten, preferably in double-spacing and on one side of the paper only. Mathematical formulae should only be included when they are useful for explanation of the textual matter, but whenever possible their detailed derivation should be avoided. 3. Figures and illustrations Any one contribution should not usually include more than 3 pages of figures (making 8 pages in all). In the interests of economy, the reproduction of photographs or other half tone illustrations should be avoided. — 67 —

Since C.C.I.R. documents are reproduced in several languages, no textual matter should appear on the figures, with the exception of standard abbreviations, which are clearly under standable in all three of the working languages. Should an explanatory text be necessary, or should reference to individual curves or portions of a figure be necessary, they should not be included in the figure, but given on a separate page. The overall dimensions of a figure should not exceed 17x25 cm (6 ^ x 10"), so that they may be reproduced on paper of the standard size used by the C.C.I.R.

ANNEX V (See §4.3.1) A POSSIBLE SCHEME FOR THE DIVISION INTO VOLUMES OF THE FINDINGS o f t h e Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y 1. To cope with the increased amount of textual matter associated with space communications and radioastronomy, it is proposed that an additional section L-“Space Systems and Radio- astronomy” should be created for classification of Recommendations and Reports. 2. To facilitate reference to a desired text, and to keep the volumes uniform in size, as far as possible, the texts could be divided up into sections, depending on the topic treated therein, and each section published in a separate volume. In this volume could be grouped together all texts, Recommendations, Reports, Resolutions, Questions and Study Programmes relating to the topic in question. It would appear that this would involve seven volumes, and a possible division of topics is given below: 2.1 Volume I Transmission - Reception - Vocabulary General index to Volumes I to VII. Miscellaneous (pages 5, 6 and 8-12 of present Vol. I). Index to Volume I. Recommendations of Section A. Reports of Section A. Questions and Study Programmes allotted to Study Group I and Resolutions concerning that Study Group. List of texts of the Xth Plenary Assembly concerning Study Group I. Recommendations of Section B. Reports of Section B. Questions and Study Programmes allotted to Study Group II and Resolutions concerning that Study Group. List of documents of the Xth Plenary Assembly concerning Study Group II. Recommendations of Section K. Reports of Section K. Questions and Study Programmes allotted to Study Group XIV and Resolutions concerning that Study Group. j 2.2 Volumes II to V would have a composition based on the same principles, but which is not given in detail here: 2.3 Volume II " Propagation (Section G and Study Groups V and VI). 2.4 Volume III Fixed and Mobile Services. Standard frequencies and Time signals. Monitoring (Sections C, D, H and J and Study Groups III, XIII, VII and VIII). 2.5 Volume IV Radio-relay systems. Space systems. Radioastronomy (Sections F, L and Study Groups IX and IV). 2.6 Volume V Broadcasting (Section E and Study Groups X, XI and XII and the C.M.T.T.). 2.7 Volume VI Resolutions of a general nature. List of Participants. Reports of the Director, the Finance Committee, the Committee for Technical Cooperation and the Organization Committee. List of documents in numerical order. Complete lists of C.C.I.R. Recommendations, Reports, Resolutions, Questions and Study Programmes. 2.8 Volume VII Minutes of plenary sessions. (Volume VII will be mimeographed.)

ANNEX VI A (See § 5.3.3) C.C.I.R. s t a f f a t 1 J a n u a r y , 1963 Title Grade Function Director — Director Vice-Director —- Vice-Director Counsellor P5 Technical Counsellor Engineer II P4 Engineer Engineer II P4 Engineer Editor (F) Engineer II P4 Engineer Editor (E) Engineer I P3 Engineer Administrative Officer I P3 Administrative Secretary Technician II P2 Assistant Engineer Assistant Administrative Officer PI Co-ordination documentation Administrative Assistant G6 Assistant to Director Administrative Assistant G6 Administrative Assistant Secretary II G5 Assistant to Vice-Director Office Assistant II G5 Draughtsman, technician Office Assistant I G4 Office Assistant I Secretary I G4 Secretary to Counsellor Office Assistant G4 Assistant to Engineers Office Assistant G4 Assistant to Engineers

ANNEX VI B (See § D.3.3) C.C.I.R. s t a f f a t 1 S e p t e m b e r ,, 1963 Title Grade Function Director — Director Senior Counsellor I D1 Assistant to Director Counsellor P5 Technical Counsellor Engineer II P4 Engineer Engineer II P4 Engineer Editor (F) Engineer II P4 Engineer Editor (E) Engineer II *P3 Engineer Administrative Officer II *P3 Administrative Secretary Technician II P2 Assistant Engineer Associate Administrative Officer PI Co-ordination documentation Professional Assistant **G6 Professional Assistant to Director Administrative Assistant G 6 Administrative Assistant Office Assistant II ***G4 Office Assistant II Technical Assistant Draughtsman, technician Secretary II G5 Secretary to Senior Counsellor Secretary I G4 Secretary to Counsellor Office Assistant II ***G4 Assistant to Engineers Office Assistant II Assistant to Engineers Clerk II G3 Bilingual Clerk-Typist

* Present grading P3 — Director recommended to Council P4. ** Present-grading G6 — Director recommended to Council G7. *** Present grading G4 — Director recommended to Council G5. **** Present grading G5 — Director recommended to Council G6. ANNEX VII (see § 5.4)

F i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t o f t h e C.C.I.R. (1959-1966) (Accounts for the years 1959-1961; budgets approved by the Administrative Council (1959-1963); estimated needs for the years 1964-1966)

1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate Estimate

Staff expenses .... 482 050 475 799.40 589 500.— 581 020.90 696 800 638 376.66 779 600 732 081.— 846 400 786 500 855 500 822 500 Share of general service expenses (C.C.I.R.). . 92 750 90 237.55 68 000 — 65 142.45 125 900 113 566.99 86 200 76 877.20 94 300 100 000 100 000 100 000 C.C.I.R. meetings*. . 997 000 979 919.95 140 969.20 115 416.— 59 000 23 143.50 542 000 741 298.17 907 500 105 000 310 000 1 000 000 1 571 800 1 545 956.90 798 469.20 761 579.35 881 700 775 087.15 1 407 800 1 550 256.37 1 848 200 991 500 1 265 500 1 922 500

* 1959-1960: extraordinary budget from 1961 onward, included in the single budget.

Staff expenses Salaries: Permanent staff . . . 362 000 359 540.75 436 700 — 442 563.55 467 500 441 579.50 568 700 568 317.10 567 500 585 000 600 000 615 000 Temporary staff . . . 1 165.— 3 159.— Post adjustment . . . 16 400.— 16 346.95 32 500 28 463.70 18 900 16 616.15 17 300 19 000 20 000 20 000 Cost-of-living allow ance...... 18 200 17 777.40 Allowances: Non-resident allow ance...... 5 400.— 5 550.— 8 700 6 985.70 9 000 6 450.— 9 000 9 000 9 000 9 000 Dependency allowance 11 800 12 153.45 26 300.— 26 776.95 31 500 25 657.40 41 100 34 606.05 39 800 40 000 40 000 40 000 Education grant...... 1 700 1 712.40 6 700 — 2 613.75 10 700 7 487.20 21 800 8 650.95 20 000 20 000 20 000 20.000 Education t r a v e l ...... 2 100.— 4 100 413.40 6 100 704.— 3 400 4 000 4 000 4 000 Expatriation allow ance...... 800 787.95 Installation and repatriation Removal expenses ...... 2 500 , 516.50 7 500.— 3 081.— 9 000 11 362.65 8 000 1 474.40 29 000 Installation allow ance...... 6 100.— 6 103.15 13 800 7 143.75 7 200 Repatriation allow ance...... 9 800.— 11 564.65 21 600 \

1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate Estimate

Other staff expenses: Home le a v e...... 28 000 27 848.80 5 700.— 2 876.45 38 800 37 312.75 9 500 3 692.50 40 400 10 000 60 000 10 000 O vertim e...... 500 500 700 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 Insurance: Payment into U.N. < Joint Staff Pension F und...... 50 200.— 47 400.15 67 000 61 112.75 81 300 74 075.60 84 900 95 000 98 000 100 000 Payment into I.T.U. S.S. and B. Funds . . 56 550 55 462.15 14 100.— 14 098.80 9 200 9 204.30 11 000 11 013.60 1 800 Representation expenses ...... 2 500.— 880.50 3 500 1 653.56 3 500 3 321.65 3 500 3 500 3 500 3 500 482 050 475 799.40 589 500.— 581 020.90 696 800 638 376.66 779 600 732 081.—' 846 400 786 500 855 500 822 500 General Services Travel expenses: Missions outside Switzerland ...... 6 000 5 483.10 3 000.— 2 339.55 19 500 16 428.70 21 000 17 431.70 22 500 20 000 20 000 20 000 Travel in Switzerland. 400 385.50 500.— 684.55 700 981.. 70 700 . 104.80 600 500 500 500 Office expenses: Furniture, office m a ch in es...... 6 300 5 768.90 4 300.— 2 507.80 6 500 4 090.90 2 000 1 088.10 3 000 3.000 3 000 3 000 Maps, journals, bindings ...... 3 800 4 658.85 4 500.— 4 519.75 4 500 5 023.70 4 500 3 339.— 3 500 3 500 3 500 3 500 Central library.. . . 1 700 1 858.10 2 500.— 2 690.75 2 500 2 423.10 2 500 2 473.40 2 500 2 500 2 500 2 500 Office supplies. . . . 4 000 2 223.45 3 000.— 4 231.05 3 000 4 524.70 3 000 4 912.65 4 500 4 500 4 500 4 500 C.C.I.R. technical e q u ip m e n t...... 6 000 5 954.40 6 000.— 5 977.70 6.000 6 085.66 6 000 5 527.55 6 000 6 000 6 000 6 000 Other expenses (proportional share): social welfare expenses, premises, PTT, sundry and unforeseen . . . 64 550 63 905.25 44 200.— 42 191.30 83 200 74 008.53 46 500 42 000.— 51 700 60 000 60 000 60 000 92 750 90 237.55 68 000.— 65 142.45 125 900 113 566.99 86 200 76 877.20 - 94 300 100 000 100 000 100 000 C.C.I.R. Meetings Staff expenses: Administrative service*...... 165 000 171 512.75 8 000.60 8 000 367.— 91 000 146 871.02 235 000 15 000 40 000 250 000 Linguistic services . . 546 000 555 946.30 73 171.90 64 474.30 23 000 7 869.30 260 000 450 290.80 450 000 50 000 145 000 500 000 Reproduction services ...... 71 000 56 890.70 3 680.— 680.— 6 000 4 637.— 46 000 35 295.95 50 000 10 000 30 000 60 000 Insurances ...... 12 000 13 546.75 1 043.55 1 876.70 2 000 744.95 12 000 2 161.80 20 000 5 000 10 000 20 000 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate

Expenses of premises and supplies: Premises, furniture, m ach in es...... 16 000 10 255.45 7 222.25 2 722.25 4 000 108.— 35 000 9 711.80 25 000 5 000 20 000 Production of documents . .- . . . 56 000 48 302.05 4 485.80 2 437.80 7 000 5 878.10 51 000 51 400.25 50 000 10 000 30 000 Office supplies and overheads...... 44 000 27 442.95 7 765.65 6 279.20 8 000 3 539.15 39 000 37 531.45 40 000 8 000 20 000 Simultaneous interpre tation and other tech nical equipment . . . 50 000 54 623.70 5 000 6 968.95 30 000 10 000 Sundry and unforeseen 5 000 8 397.60 500.— 33.04 1 000 3 000 1 066.15 7 500 2 000 5 000

Financial management expenses: Interest on sums advanced ...... 22 000 23 740.75 1 278.— 3 913.80 Representation expenses: Participation at meet ings of an other C.C.L or of other internation al organizations . . 10 000 9 260.95 33 821.45 32 998.91 997 000 979 919.95 140 969.20 115 416.- 59 000 23 143.50 542 000 741 298.17 907 500 105 000 310 000

* of which the following amounts for representation of other General Secretariat 10 586.75 15 000 organs of the Union to C.C.I.R. meetings (Art 18 Financial I.F.R.B. 28 000 12 807.55 23 000 10 000 Regulations): C.C.I.T.T. 6 640.80 7 500 — 72 —

ADDENDUM TO THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT (Covering the period 11 October to 31 December, 1962)

Introduction The present addendum is submitted, following the footnote to the introduction to the Director’s Report, and is intended to bring that Report up to date.

1. Change of place of the Xth Plenary Assembly On 1 December, 1962, the Director was advised that, due to present conditions in India, the inviting Administration regretted that it was obliged to withdraw its invitation to hold the Xth Plenary Assembly in New Delhi. As the Xth Plenary Assembly has, amongst its tasks, the preparation of the technical basis for the Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference on Space Communications, which is scheduled to open in Geneva on 7 October, 1963, the Director considered it desirable that the Plenary Assembly should, nevertheless, take place during the period originally envisaged. In addition, a considerable number of contractual engagements had already been entered into, the cancellation of which was likely to have considerable financial repercussions. In consequence, the Director immediately proposed to all Members that the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. should take place in Geneva on the dates originally envisaged, and this proposal was accepted by the majority of the Members of the Union, without opposition.

2. Joint Study Groups With reference to Joint Special Group C of the C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. mentioned under § 3.2, it should be noted that, at its meeting in Geneva in November, the Special Group nominated Dr. R. Kaiser (Federal Republic of Germany), as Vice-Chairman, representing the C.C.I.R. The Director suggests that this nomination should be confirmed by the Plenary Assembly.

3. Publications On page 10 of Doc. 16, it is indicated that demands for the Los Angeles Volumes of the C.C.I.R. were expected to increase and, in fact, the figures given at the bottom of page 9 should now read. Los Angeles Volumes I, II and III 3769 IV 1615 V 1542

4. C.C.I.R. estimates of expenditure With reference to § 4 on page 23 of Doc. 16, the actual accounts for the C.C.I.R. for 1962, as well as a revised estimate of the budget for C.C.I.R. meetings in 1963, are being prepared by the Finance Division of the I.T.U., and will be available to the Finance Com mittee. — 73 —

REPORT BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE

1. During the Plenary Assembly, the Finance Committee held two meetings and examined the following points: 1.1 Budget and accounts of the Xth Plenary Assembly; 1.2 C.C.I.R. budget and accounts for the years 1959, 1960, 1961 and 1962 (Doc. 16, Annex VII revised); 1.3 Budget estimates for the years 1963, 1964, 1965 and 1966 (Doc. 16, Annex VII revised). At its first meeting the Committee set up a Sub-Group to examine § 1.1, under the chair manship of Mr. A. C a r u s o (Italy), which comprised the following delegates: Mr. C.A. B r o o k s (U.S.A.), Mr. J.H.H. M e r r i m a n (United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland), Mr. E. C r o w s o n (United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland) and Mr. K. S a m a w i (Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan). 1.4 To that end, the Sub-Group considered the following documents: (a) Doc. TEMP./125 and 194 showing the Budget for 1963 approved by the Administrative Council, together with the expenditure and estimated expenditure as at 5 February, 1963 and the accounts in respect of the Plenary Assembly; 0b) Doc. 16 - Annex II, page 32, § 5 of the Agreement between the Indian Administration and the I.T.U. for the organization of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R.

2. Agreement with the Indian Administration As a result of the transfer of the meeting of the Plenary Assembly from New Delhi to Geneva, only point 5, § 1, of the Agreement referred to in § 1.4 (b) concerning the cancella tion of, or change, in the place and/or date of the Assembly remains valid. Having examined the provisions of the Convention, the Financial Regulations and Administrative Council Resolution 83 (amended), the Committee confirmed that the clauses of the Agreement governing the financial repercussions of the change of place had been fully met.

3. Budget and accounts of the Xth Plenary Assembly 3.1 The estimated budget for the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., approved by the Admin istrative Council at its 17th session, amounted to 907 500 Swiss francs. The Finance Committee took note that the actual expenditure as at 5 February, 1963 and the estimated expenditure for the remaining period amounts to 1 022 000 Swiss francs, representing an excess of 114 500 Swiss francs over the budget estimate (see Annex I). 3.2 Although the transfer of the meeting from New Delhi to Geneva meant a saving in travelling expenses and in the transfer of non-local staff, this saving was largely offset by the higher salaries that have to be paid in Geneva to staff engaged on document distribution, messengers, typists, roneo staff and those in charge of the simultaneous interpretation equipment—staff that would have been recruited in New Delhi and paid at considerably lower rates. 3.3 However, the excess expenditure is mainly due to increases in the salaries and allowances resulting from the decisions of the United Nations General Assembly which are applicable to the Union staff under Additional Protocol II, § 3, of the Convention. These increases, introduced successively in 1960, 1961 and 1962, which could not have been foreseen when the Administrative Council was preparing the budget, amount to about 20% for staff in the professional categories and 22% for General Service staff (see Annexes II and III). 3.4 Moreover, during the past three years the cost of office equipment and supplies has risen by about 20%. — 74 —

3.5 Finally, the considerable increase in the volume of documentation published (about double the number of documents published in Los Angeles) and the urgency with which those docu ments have to be distributed, has resulted in an appreciable increase in: — expenditure on supplies, — staff expenses: very heavy overtime payments, at the United Nations rate, to staff in the General Services. 3.6 It may well be that the number of delegates participating in the Geneva meeting, exceeded the number expected at New Delhi by approximately 30 %. 3.7 Also, the extra work carried out by Study Group IV in anticipation of the Extraordinary Administrative Conference on Space Communications has been responsible for increasing the expenditure, both in respect of staff and the production of documents. 3.8 In conclusion, the Finance Committee considers that, taking account of the special circum stances in which the Xth Plenary Assembly has had to meet in Geneva, the total expenditure, provisionally estimated at • 1 022 000 Swiss francs, can be approved. 3.9 The final accounts for the Xth Plenary Assembly, drawn up after 5 February, 1963, will be examined by the Administrative Council after the close of the meeting.

4. C.C.I.R. budget and accounts for 1959,1960, 1961 and 1962 These budgets were drawn up and approved by the Administrative Council at its various sessions (see Annex IV). 4.1 The Finance Committee has noted the fact that the accounts for 1959, 1960 and 1961 did not exceed the approved estimates. 4.2 The excess expenditure of 143 000 Swiss francs, due to C.C.I.R. meetings, over the estimates for 1962 and approved by the Council is covered by savings already made on total expenses allocated to conferences and meetings of the I.T.U. from preceding years, in accordance with § 5.3 of Additional Protocol II of the Convention. 4.3 These accounts will be submitted to the next Plenipotentiary Conference for final approval.

5. Budget estimates for 1964,1965 and 1966 5.1 The budget estimates for 1964 and 1965 have been calculated in accordance with the provi sions of Additional Protocol II of the Convention. 5.2 The high credit figures estimated for 1966 are accounted for by the meeting of the Xlth Ple nary Assembly. These estimates were nevertheless calculated in accordance with § 1 and § 5.2 of Additional Protocol II of the Convention. 5.3 These budgets will be drawn up and their accounts provisionally approved by the Admin istrative Council. They will also be submitted to the next Plenipotentiary Conference for final approval. The Chairman Mohamed M ili ANNEX I

a s a t 5 F e b r u a r y , 1963

Xth Plenary ^issembly 1963 TOTAL Budget for 1963 Preparatory work approved by the Expenditure for Items Expenditure Estimated 1962 and estimated Administrative in 1962 Expenditure Council as at January 1963 expenditure for expenditure for February 1963 1963

1 2 3 4 5 6

Art. 1 — Staff 8.101 Administrative Services...... 235 000.— 5 280.70 23 885.— 55 834.30 85 000 — 8.102 Language Service...... 450 000.— 191 601.35 173 789.30 224 609.35 590 000.— 8.103 Document reproduction...... 50 000 — 38 054.75 13 468.10 52 477.15 104 000.— 8.104 Insurance ...... 20 000.— 1 032.05 8 283.85 4 684.10 14 000.—

Art. II — Premises and equipment...... 8.105 Premises, furniture, office machines...... 25 000.— 1 309.25 590.70 67 100.05 69 000.— 8.106 Production of documents...... 50 000.— 24 513.75 30 780.75 20 705.50 76 000 — 8.107 Office supplies and overheads...... 40 000.— 16 678.85 6 533.25 36 787.90 60 000.— 8.108 Simultaneous interpretation and other technical installations ...... 30 000.— 20 000.— 20 000.— 8.109 Unforeseen...... 7 500.— 31.50 3 968.50 4 000.— Total, Swiss francs ...... 907 500.— 278 470.70 257 362.45 486 166.85 1 022 000.— — 76 —

ANNEX II

S a l a r y adjustments - P rofessional s e r v ic e c a t e g o r y

Effective date Basic Salary Rate US g Post adjustment in Sw. fr.

1.1.60 Common system Class 2 4.34

1.V.60 ' Class 3 = +5%

1.1.61 4.30

1.XI.61 Class 4 = +5%

New scale = 1.1.62 Class I 4.32 + 10%

1.XI.62 Class II

= 20%

ANNEX III

S a l a r y adjustments - G e n e r a l s e r v ic e c a t e g o r y

Effective date Basic salary

1.1.60 Common system

1.V.60 + 5%

1.V.61 + 6%

+7.5% (G7) to 1.1.62 + 15% (Gl) = average + 10% = approximately 22% ANNEX IV

F in a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t o f t h e C.C.I.R. (1959-1966)

(Accounts for the years 1959-1961; budgets approved by the Administrative Council (1959-1963); estimated needs for the years 1964-1966)

1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate Estimate

Staff expenses .... 482 050 475 799.40 589.500.— 581 020.90 696 800 638 376.66 779 600 732 081.— 846 400 786 500 855 500 822 500 Share of general service expenses (C.C.I.R.). . 92 750 90 237.55 68 000.— 65 142.45 125 900 113 566.99 86 200 76 877.20 94 300 100 000 100 000 100 000 C.C.I.R. meetings*. . 997 000 979 919.95 140 969.20 115 416.— 59 000 23 143.50 542 000 741 298.17 907 500 105 000 310 000 1 000 000 1 571 800 1 545 956.90 798 469.20 761 579.35 881 700 775 087.15 1 407 800 1 550 256.37 1 848 200 991 500 1 265 500 1 922 500

* 1959-1960: extraordinary budget; from 1961 onward, included in the single budget

Sta ff expenses Salaries: Permanent staff . . . 362 000 359 540.75 436 700.— 442 563.55 467 500 441 579.50 568 700 568 317.10 567 500 585 000 600 000 615 000 Temporary staff . . . 1 165.— 3 159.— Post adjustment . . . 16 400.— 16 346.95 32 500 28 463.70 18 900 16 616.15 17 300 19 000 20 000 20 000 Cost-of-living allow ance...... 18 200 17 777.40 Allowances: Non-resident allow ance...... 5 400.— 5 550.— 8 700 6 985.70 9 000 6 450.— 9 000 9 000 9 000 9 000 Dependency allowance 11 800 12 153.45 26 300.— 26 776.95 31 500 25 657.40 41 100 34 606.05 39 800 40 000 40 000 40 000 Education grant...... 1 700 1 712.40 6 700.— 2 613.75 10 700 7 487.20 21 800 8 650.95 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 Education t r a v e l ...... 2 100.— 4 100 413.40 6 100 704.— 3 400 4 000 4 000 4 000 Expatriation allow ance...... 800 787.95 ' Installation and repatriation...... Removal e x p e n s e s ...... 2 500 516.50 7 500.— 3 081.— 9 000 11 362.65 8 000 1 474.40 29 000 Installation allow ance...... 6 100.— 6 103.15 13 800 7 143.75 7 200 Repatriation allow ance...... 9 800.— 11 564.65 21 600 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate Estimate

Other staff expenses: Hom e le a v e ...... 28 000 27 848.80 5 700.— 2 876.45 38 800 37 312.75 9 500 3 692.50 40 400 10 000 60 000 10 000 O vertim e...... 500 500 700 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 Insurance: Payment into U.N. Joint Staff Pension Fund...... 50 200.— 47 400.15 67 000 61 112.75 81 300 74 075.60 84 900 95 000 98 000 100 000 Payment into I.T.U. S.S. and B. Funds . . 56 550 55 462.15 14 100.— 14 098.80 9 200 9 204.30 11 000 11 013.60 1 800 Representation expenses ...... 2 500.— 880.50 3500 1 653.56 3 500 3 321.65 3 500 3 500 3 500 3 500 482 050 475 799.40 589 500.— 581 020.90 696 800 638 376.66 779 600 732 081.— 846 400 786 500 855 500 822 500 General Services Travel expenses: Missions outside Switzerland . . . 6 000 5 483.10 3 000.— 2 339.55 19 500 16 428.70 21 000 17 431.70 22 500 20 000 20 000 20 000 Travel in Switzerland. 400 385.50 500.— 684.55 700 981.70 700 104.80 600 500 500 500 Office expenses: Furniture, office m ach in es...... 6 300 5 768.90 4 300.— 2 507.80 6 500 4 090.90 2 000 1 088.10 3 000 ‘ 3 000 3 000 3 000 Maps, journals, b in d in g s ...... 3 800 4 658.85 4 500.— 4 519.75 4 500 5 023.70 4 500 3 339.— 3 500 3 500 3 500 3 500 Central library. . . . 1 700 1 858.10 2 500.— 2 690.75 2 500 2 423.10 2 500 2 473.40 2 500 2 500 2 500 2 500 Office supplies. . . . 4 000 2 223.45 3 000.— 4 231.05 3 000 4 524.70 3 000 4 912:65 4 500 4 500 4 500 4500 C.C.I.R. technical e q u ip m e n t...... 6 000 5 954.40 6 000.— 5 977.70 6 000 6 085.66 6 000 5 527.55 6 000 6 000 6 000 6 000 Other expenses (proportional share): social welfare expenses, premises, PTT, sundry and unforeseen . . . 64 550 63 905.25 44 200.— 42 191.30 83 200 74 008.53 46 500 42 000.— 51 700 60 000 60 000 60 000 92 750 90 237.55 68 000.— 65 142.45 125 900 113 566.99 86 200 76 877.20 94 300 100 000 100 000 100 000 C.C.I.R. Meetings Staff expenses: Administrative service*...... 165 000 171 512.75 8 000.60 8 000 367.— 91 000 146 871.02 235 000 15 000 40 000 250 000 Linguistic services . . 546 000 555 946.30 73 171.90 64 474.30 23 000 7 869.30 260 000 450 290.80 450 000 50 000 145 000 500 000 Reproduction services ...... 71 000 56 890.70 3 680.— 680.— 6 000 4 637.— 46 000 35 295.95 50 000 10 000 30 000 60 000 Insurances ..... 12 000 13 546.75 1 043.55 1 876.70 2 000 744.95 12 000 2 161.80 20 000 5 000 10 000 20 000 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966

Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Accounts Budget Estimate Estimate Estimate

Expenses of premises and supplies: Premises, furniture, machines ...... 16 000 10 255.45 7 222.25 2 722.25 4 000 108.— 35 000 9 711.80 25 000 5 000 20 000 30 000 Production of d o c u m e n ts...... 56 000 48 302.05 4 485.80 2 437.80 7 000 5 878.10 51 000 51 400.25 50 000 10 000 30 000 50 000 Office supplies and overheads...... 44 000 27 442.95 7 765.65 6 279.20 8 000 3 539.15 39 000 37 531.45 40 000 8 000 20 000 50 000 Simultaneous interpre tation and other tech nical equipment . . . 50 000 54 623.70 5 000 6 968.95 30 000 10000 30 000 Sundry and unforeseen 5 000 8 397.60 500.— 33.04 1 000 3 000 1 066.15 7 500 2 000 5 000 10 000 Financial management expenses: Interest on sums advanced ...... 22 000 23 740.75 1 278.— 3 913.80 Representation expenses: Participation at meet ings of an other C.C.I. or of other internation al organizations . . . 10 000 9 260.95 33 821.45 32 998.91 997 000 979 919.95 140 969.20 115 416.— 59 000 23 143.50 542 000 741 298.17 907 500 105 000 310 000 1 000 000

* of which the following amounts for representation of other General Secretariat 10 586.75 15 000 organs of the Union to C.C.I.R. meetings (Art. 18 Financial I.F.R.B ' 28 000 12 807.55 23 000 10 000 50 000 Regulations): (For the years 1959 and 1960 see the budgets C.C.I.T.T 6 640.80 7 500 of the organs in question) PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT REPORT BY THE ORGANIZATION COMMITTEE

1. The Organization Committee dealt with the questions contained in Annex I. The conclusions reached are set out below.

2. C.C.I.R. documents The definitions of C.C.I.R. texts, as set out in Annex II, are submitted to the Plenary Assembly for approval.

3. Organization of C.C.I.R. work It is suggested that Resolutions 35 and 67 should be replaced by the draft Resolution in Annex III. *

4. Bibliography The draft Resolution in Annex IV** is submitted to the Plenary Assembly for approval. The attention of Administrations is invited to the importance of playing their part in ensuring the efficient implementation of this Resolution. Because of the bibliographical reference works already in existence, there would appear ' to be no need for the C.C.I.R. to issue periodically any further bibliographical references. r 5. Division of the findings of the Xth Plenary Assembly into several volumes Regarding the future publication of the findings of the Xth Plenary Assembly, the Orga nization Committee suggests that the procedure outlined in Annex V should be adopted. It nevertheless has two comments to add, both of which relate to Volume I. If this volume becomes too thick, it might be possible: — to transfer the vocabulary to Volume VI; — to transfer the section relating to the fixed services (Study Group III) to Volume III; the Organization Committee does not, however, favour this step since the aims of Study Groups I, II and III are interrelated. The Organization Committee suggests that Volumes I to V should be sold as a unit. Volumes VI and VII and other publications could be sold separately.

6. Numbering of documents The Organization Committee suggests that in numbering the documents, the following principles should apply: 6.1 Documents relating to each Study Group consist of a single series of numbering for each period of time separating two Plenary Assemblies; the series begins after the closing of a Plenary Assembly and ends at the close of the following Plenary Assembly. 6.2 The first document to be numbered after an interim meeting would be the Report by the Study Group Chairman concerning the work of the Interim Meeting. 6.3 Documents concerning several Study Groups are numbered according to the series of each of those Study Groups. 6.4 Documents submitted to the Plenary Assembly by the Drafting Committee (pink documents) are numbered, according to Study Groups, commencing with 2001. 6.5 Documents issued during a Plenary Assembly which are not related to those above concerning C.C.I.R. Study Groups (minutes of Plenary Assemblies, Organization Committee documents, Drafting, Finance, etc.) are numbered in a special series designated by the letters PLEN.

* This Annex, as approved by the Plenary Assembly, has become Resolution 24 and appears on pp. 91-94 of this Volume. ** This Annex, as approved by the Plenary Assembly, has become Resolution 27 and appears on p. 95 of this Volume. — 82 —

7. Terms of reference of the Study Groups The Organization Committee, on the advice of the Study Group Chairmen, suggests to the Plenary Assembly that it should introduce the amendments mentioned in Annex VI to the terms of reference of the C.C.I.R. Study Groups. Regarding the C.M.T.T., its terms of reference are defined in Resolution 32 (Warsaw, 1956). Since this Committee has expressed the desire to have its terms of reference amen ded, and since the C.C.I.T.T. should have an opportunity of expressing its opinion concern ing this desire, the Organization Committee submits the Draft Resolution in Annex VII* to the Plenary Assembly for approval. The Organization Committee also suggests to the Plenary Assembly that, in a suitable place in the C.C.I.R. documents, the Plan Committee’s terms of reference should be included (cf. Administrative Council Resolution No. 448).

8. Duration of the contract of the Director, C.C.I.R. . In § 5.1 of his Report (Doc. 16), the Director, C.C.I.R. raised the question of the duration of his contract and mentioned three possible solutions of the problem. The Organization Committee suggests that the Plenary Assembly should follow the solution proposed in § 5.1.2, namely to prolong duration of the contract of the Director, C.C.I.R., as provided for in the terms of his letter of appointment, until the end of the Xlth Plenary Assembly, provided that this prolongation does not exceed two years.

9. Miscellaneous 9.1 The Organization Committee has taken note of Docs. TEMP./59, 60, 160 and 206. It con siders that it will not have time to study them thoroughly during the present Plenary Assembly. They do, however, contain some extremely interesting ideas and to avoid the same difficul ties arising at the Xlth Plenary Assembly, due to lack of time, the Organization Committee suggests that the Plenary Assembly should set up a Working Party to work by correspondence, the responsibility of which would be to report to the Xlth Plenary Assembly on the ideas set out in these three documents. 9.2 The Organization Committee considers that it would be useful to the I.T.U. if as much uniformity as possible could be achieved in respect of the terminology used by the C.C.I.R. and the C.C.I.T.T. Chairman: P. B o u c h ie r .

ANNEX I

MATTERS FOR DISCUSSION AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

2. Organization o f the work o f the C.C.I.R. Resolution 67 Volume II of the documents of the IXth Plenary Assembly, p. 44 1(. I Section C, §§ 1 and 2, pages 16 to 19 Doc. lo | Annex 4, pages 51 to 54

* This Annex, as approved by the Plenary Assembly, has become Opinion 19, and appears on p. 249 of Volume V. — 83 —

Doc. 232 Second section entitled “Work by correspondence” Doc. TEMP./9 “Proposal by Colonel Lochard, Chairman, Study Group I”.

3. Bibliography Doc. 129 Doc. 6 Section 4.6, § 1, p. 9 and Annex A

4. Terms o f reference o f the Study Groups

5. Handling o f documents o f interest to several Study Groups

6. Mandate o f the Director, C.C.I.R., § 5.1, pages 21 and 22

ANNEX II

DEFINITION OF C.C.I.R. TEXTS

Recommendation: A statement issued when a Question has been wholly or partly answered. A Question is normally terminated by the issue of a Recommendation. Report: An interim or provisional reply to a Question, or part of a Question, or a statement, for information, on the studies carried out by a Study Group on a given subject. Question: A statement of a technical or operational problem, to which 'an answer is required. Study Programme: Text describing the work to be carried out on a technical or operational problem usually constituting the subject of a Question. New method of numbering Study Programmes. Study Programmes arising from a Question shall be designated by the number borne by the Question from which they arise, followed by a capital letter: A, B, etc. The method of numbering utilized hitherto shall be used to number Study Programmes which do not arise from a Question. Opinion (in French: Vceu): A text containing a proposal or a request destined for another organization (such as the organs of the I.T.U., international organizations, etc.), and not necessarily relating to a subject of a technical nature. Resolution (in French: Resolution): Text giving instructions on the organization, methods, or programmes of C.C.I.R. work. Amongst the present Resolutions to be found in the documents of the IXth Plenary Assembly, the following should be classified as “Resolutions” in both French and English: Nos. 23, 34, 35, 41, 48, 49, 50, 61, 62 and 67. The remaining numbers should be called “Vceu” in French and “Opinion” in English. As regards texts submitted to the Xth Plenary Assembly in the form of “Resolutions”, the C.C.I.R. Secretariat, with the agreement of the Chairman concerned, will decide which of the texts should be issued as “Opinions”.

ANNEX III (See Resolution 24, pp. 91-94)

ANNEX IV (See Resolution 27, p. 95) — 84 —

ANNEX V

VOLUMES OF THE C.C.I.R. 1. To cope with the increased amount of textual matter associated with space communications and radioastronomy, it is proposed that an additional Section L: “Space systems and radioastronomy” should be created for the classification of Recommendations and Reports. 2. To facilitate reference to a desired text, and as far as possible, to keep the volumes uniform in size, it is intended to divide the texts up into sections, depending on the topic treated , therein, each section to be published in a separate volume. In this volume will be grouped together all texts, Recommendations, Reports, Resolutions, Questions and Study Programmes relating to the topic in question. This will involve seven volumes; the suggested division of topics is given below: (a) Volume I Emission - Reception - Fixed Service - Vocabulary General index to Volumes I to VII. Miscellaneous (pages 5, 6 and 8-12 of present Volume I). Index to Volume I. Recommendations of Section A. Reports of Section A. , Questions and Study Programmes attributed to Study Group I and Resolutions and Opinions concerning this Study Group. Lists of texts of the Xth Plenary Assembly concerning Study Group I. Recommendations of Section B. Reports of Section B. Questions and Study Programmes attributed to Study Group II and Resolutions and Opinions concerning this Study Group. List of documents of the Xth Plenary Assembly concerning Study Group II. Recommendations of Section C. Reports of Section C. Questions and Study Programmes attributed to Study Group III and Resolutions and Opi nions concerning this Study Group. Lists of texts of the Xth Plenary Assembly concerning Study Group III. Recommendation of Section K. Reports of Section K. Questions and Study Programmes attributed to Study Group XIV and Resolutions and Opi nions concerning this Study Group. / (b) Volume II Propagation (Section G and Study Groups V and VI). (c) Volume III Mobile services. Standard frequencies and time signals. Monitoring (Sections D, H and J and Study Groups XIII, VII and VIII). (d) Volume IV Radio-relay systems. Space systems. Radioastronomy (Sections F, L and Study Groups IX and IV). (e) Volume V Broadcasting (Section E and Study Groups X, XI and XII and the C.M.T.T.). (/) Volume VI Resolutions of a general nature. List of Participants. Reports by the Director, the Finance Committee, the Committee for Technical Cooperation and the Organization Committee. — 85 —

List of documents in numerical order. Complete lists of C.C.I.R. Recommendations, Reports, Resolutions, Questions and Study Programmes. (g) Volume VII Minutes of plenary sessions. (Volume VII will be mimeographed.)

3. Separate publications On request from a Study Group and after approval by the Plenary Assembly, the Secre tariat of the C.C.I.R. may be instructed to publish separately certain Reports considered too long for inclusion in Volumes I to V above; the corresponding Volume will then contain a brief summary of the Report.

ANNEX VI Study Group I Delete 2; 3 becomes 2. Study Group II Replace the existing terms of reference by the following: “The selection and study of the more important characteristics of the various types of receivers. Measurement of these characteristics of receivers and tabulation of typical values for the different classes of emission and the different services. Investigations of improvement that might be made in receivers to solve problems encountered in radiocommunication”. Study Group III No change. Study Group IV No change. Study Group V Replace the title by: “Propagation over the surface of the earth and through the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere.” Replace the terms of reference by: “To study all matters relating to the propagation of radio waves over the surface of the earth and through the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere in so far as they concern radio communication.” Study Group VI Unchanged. Study Group VII Unchanged. Study Group VIII Replace the terms of reference by: “To study technical and operating problems, the solution of which depends principally on considerations of a technical character relating to monitoring stations participating in the international monitoring system with regard to: 1. in collaboration with the I.F.R.B., ways in which harmful interference can be verified and reported, in accordance with the International Telecommunications Convention and the Radio Regulations; 2. the development of methods and procedures to be used by monitoring stations in deter mining occupancy of the radio-frequency spectrum and characteristics of emissions and in locating the source of an emission by direction-finding techniques; — 86 —

3. specifications regarding the selection of sites, antennae and other equipment and instru mentation. Study Group IX Unchanged. Study Group X Unchanged. Study Group X I Unchanged. Study Group X II Unchanged. Study Group XIII Replace the terms of reference by: “To study technical and operating questions concerning the aeronautical, maritime, land mobile, radiolocation and radionavigation services (except services that involve the use of earth satellites which, at present, are the concern of Study Group IV).” Study Group X IV Unchanged.

ANNEX VII DRAFT OPINION

TRANSMISSION OF MONOCHROME AND COLOUR TELEVISION OVER LONG DISTANCES

The C.C.I.R., (Warsaw, 1956 — Geneva, 1963)

CONSIDERING (a) Resolution 32 (Warsaw, 1956); (b) the evolution of the work of the C.M.T.T.;

IS OF THE OPINION that the terms of reference of the C.M.T.T. should be: To study, in cooperation with the Study Groups of the C.C.I.R. and C.C.I.T.T., the specifica tions to be satisfied by telecommunication systems for the transmission of monochrome and colour television signals over long distances. REPORT BY THE AD-HOC GROUP ON TECHNICAL COOPERATION

1. Preamble 1.1 In Doc. 396, the Delegation of Pakistan brought to the attention of the C.C.I.R. Xth Plenary Assembly the need to determine how best the C.C.I.R. could carry out the duties laid upon it in Nos. 178 and 179 of the Convention and Recommendation No. 2 of the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva, 1959. 1.2 The Ad Hoc Group also considered the proposals contained in the documents submitted by the Delegations of Congo, Gabon, Central African Republic and Chad in Doc. 592, by the Delegation of Nigeria in Doc. 610 and by the Delegation of Congo (Leopoldville) in Doc. 612. It also took note of the statement and proposals made by the Indian Delegation with respect to the implementation of Recommendation No. 2 of the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva 1959. It also took into account the report by the Director, C.C.I.R. in Doc. 16, § 4, and the statements made by the Director, C.C.I.T.T. on the work done so far in the C.C.I.T.T. in this respect.

2. What has been done till now ? 2.1 At its Ilnd Plenary Assembly, New Delhi, 1960, the C.C.I.T.T. set out the way in which it pro posed that it should deal with matters of interest to new or developing countries and this docu ment was communicated to all members of the C.C.I.R. in AC/42 of 12 April, 1961. As a result, 35 Administrations replied affirmatively, no negative replies being received. It is accordingly recommended that the C.C.I.R. should adopt the method proposed by the C.C.I.T.T. as set out in Annex I of AC/42. 2.2 As a result of this Recommendation of the C.C.I.T.T. and in the light of a joint report by the Directors of the two Consultative Committees submitted to the Administrative Council of the I.T.U. at its 1961 Session, the Council adopted Resolution No. 448. 2.3 By this Resolution, the Administrative Council of the I.T.U. has already set up the three Sub- Committees and has extended their terms of reference to the examination of various technical, operating and tariff questions of interest to the different regions of the world: (a) by making an inventory of questions of interest to the new and developing countries; (b) by instigating, where necessary, the study of such questions by the appropriate Study Groups.

3. Further action that could be taken The Ad Hoc Group after consideration of the documents mentioned under § 1 above, concludes the following: 3.1 As far as the new and developing countries themselves are concerned, it is desirable that these countries-should: 3.1.1 collaborate to the greatest possible extent in the putting into execution of Resolution No. 448 of the Administrative Council, cited above; ' 3.1.2 participate in an active manner in the work of the C.C.I.R. Study Groups; 3.1.3 consider the possibility of working in common and exchanging information between themselves to facilitate such participation; 3.1.4 should take note that it is in their interest to make known as early as possible the questions that they would like to be studied by the different Study Groups of the C.C.I.R., to the Director, C.C.I.R., in accordance with No. 180 of the Convention, Geneva, 1959. 3.2 As far as the C.C.I.R. is concerned 3.2.1 It is desirable that ways and means be found by which the new and developing countries can take a more active part in the general work of the C.C.I.R. — 88 —

3.2.2 For that purpose, the C.C.I.R. should continue to apply the provisions of Recom mendation No. 2: (а) by taking up the study of questions posed by new countries if necessary by setting up sub-groups or special working parties in the existing Study Groups. (б) by asking the Chairmen of Study Groups to send to the Secretariat of the C.C.I.R., within two months following the closure of the Plenary Assembly, a general outline of the problems already settled, together with those which still require further study; this outline would be published in each volume of the C.C.I.R. documents, and would appear at the beginning of the chapter relating to the Study Group con cerned and would thus present the work already carried out by the Study Group in question. (c) by preparing and publishing extracts of existing Recommendations likely to be of interest to new and developing countries and to present these provisions in as clear and useful form as possible. 3.2.3 The Specialized Secretariat of the C.C.I.R. shall counsel and assist Administrations of new and developing countries in the field of radiocommunications, for example, in the accumulation of more propagation data for use in tropical regions. 3.2.4 In the participation of the C.C.I.R. in the work of the Plan Committee and its Sub- Committees both in respect of planning and study of new questions, the Director, C.C.I.R. should make a special report on this aspect of the work to the Plenary Assembly. 3.3 Organization and methods o f the work o f the Plan Committee The Ad Hoc Group discussed the organization and methods of the work of the Plan Committee and its regional sub-groups. It was pointed out that the experience acquired, particularly in the Dakar Meeting (Sub-Group for Africa), showed that as a whole the organ ization and methods of work are good. Nevertheless, the Ad Hoc Group felt that it would be preferable to consider the general question within the C.C.I.T.T.

4. Resolution In conclusion, the Ad Hoc Group suggests that the Plenary Assembly should adopt the annexed draft Resolution. * ' . The Chairman, P . B o u c h i e r

' ANNEX (See Resolution 29, pp. 96-97)

* This Annex, as approved by the Plenary Assembly, has become Resolution 29 and appears on pp. 96-97 of this Volume. RESOLUTIONS OF A GENERAL NATURE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 91 —

RESOLUTION 23

GENERAL GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS (Study Group XIV) The C.C.I.R., ' (Geneva, 1963)

CONSIDERING (a) that it is important for the ease and efficiency of the work of the C.C.I.’s that means of expression of all kinds (terms, symbols, etc.) and the conditions of their use be rendered and maintained as uniform as possible; {b) that the desired unification means avoiding, unless imperatively necessary, real or apparent contradictions between the conventions accepted by the C.C.I.R. and those used by other qualified organizations, especially the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), and that actual and efficient cooperation must be secured for this purpose; (c) that the I.E.C., having to prepare a document standardizing general graphical symbols for telecommunications to replace its Publication 42 entitled “International symbols (Part. Ill): Graphical signs for weak current installations”, which has not been revised since July 1939 (2nd edition) and is thus out of date, has proposed that the C.C.I.T.T. and the C.C.I.R. should join in this work by setting up a joint I.E.C.-I.T.U. Committee with an equal number of I.T.U. (C.C.I.T.T. and C.C.I.R.) representatives and I.E.C. representatives; (d) that the C.C.I.T.T. decided to accept this proposal at its Ilnd Plenary Assembly, New Delhi, 1960 (minutes of the VUIth Plenary Meeting, Doc. AP/II/90); (e) that, the I.E.C. and the C.C.I.T.T. having scheduled the first meeting of the Joint Committee for late 1962 or early 1963, the Director, C.C.I.R. consulted Administrations taking part in the work of the C.C.I.R. Study Group XIV by Circular G XIV/154 (27 August 1962) on the reply to be given to the I.E.C. proposal; (/) that all the replies from Administrations to this consultation Circular were in favour of C.C.I.R. participation in the Joint Committee and that the three places reserved for the C.C.I.R. in its membership have been filled, thanks to nominations proposed by the Admin istrations of France, Italy and the United Kingdom;

UNANIMOUSLY RESOLVES that the C.C.I.R. should confirm its agreement to take part in the work of the Joint I.E.C./ I.T.U. Committee set up at the proposal of the I.E.C. for the preparation of a publication for the international standardization of general graphical symbols for telecommunication. The three C.C.I.R. representatives on this Joint Committee will find general directives for their par ticipation in the note annexed to the consultation Circular mentioned in § (

RESOLUTION 24 *

ORGANIZATION OF C.C.I.R. WORK AND REDUCTION OF PREPARATORY DOCUMENTATION '

The C.C.I.R., (Los Angeles, 1959 - Geneva, 1963)

CONSIDERING (a) the importance of utilizing the period of the Plenary Assembly as efficiently as possible;

* This Resolution replaces Resolutions 35 and 67. — 92 —

(6) the experience acquired between the VUIth and Xth Plenary Assemblies, with particular reference to interim Study Group** meetings; (c) the need to keep interim Study Group meetings to a minimum, consistent with effective and economical working ; (d) the desirability of continuing the efforts to spread the work-load of the Members and of the Secretariat as evenly as possible over the interval between Plenary Assemblies;

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES

1. Contributions for C.C.I.R. meetings

To secure economy both in time and money in the reproduction of contributions for C.C.I.R. meetings, contributions should be prepared and presented in accordance with the following points: 1.1 General 1.1.1 Each contribution should bear a clear indication as to the Study Group to which it belongs, the text to which it refers and the meeting at which it is to be presented; 1.1.2 each contribution should deal only with one Question, Study Programme, etc.; 1.1.3 where a simple reference to the number or paragraph of an existing text can be made lengthy quotations from existing material should be avoided; 1.1.4 documents of purely theoretical interest, which do not have a direct bearing on Questions or Study Programmes, should not be submitted in their entirety. A short abstract of such a document should be sent to the C.C.I.R. for translation and publi cation; 1.1.5 articles which have been, or will be, published in the technical press should not be submitted to the C.C.I.R. Short abstracts only of such articles may be sent to the C.C.I.R. for translation and publication. Copies of these articles in their original form could be distributed directly by the Administration concerned to those who expressed their desire to receive copies; 1.1.6 the contributions should be sent to the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Study Group(s) concerned and, at the same time, in triplicate, to the Director, C.C.I.R. for translation and reproduction. 1.2 Texts Texts, which should not exceed about 2 500 words (five pages) in length, should be presented in one of the working languages of the Union, typewritten, preferably in double spacing and on one side of the paper only. Mathematical formulae should only be included when they are useful for explanation of the textual matter, but whenever possible, their detailed derivation should be avoided.

1.3 Figures and illustrations , Any one contribution should not usually include more than three pages of figures (making eight pages in all). In the interests of economy, the reproduction of photographs or other half tone illustrations should be avoided. Since C.C.I.R. documents are reproduced in several languages, no textual matter should appear on the figures, with the exception of standard abbreviations, which are clearly under standable in all three of the working languages. Should an explanatory text be necessary, or should reference to individual curves or portions of a figure be necessary, they should not be included in the figure, but given on a separate page. The overall dimensions of a figure should not exceed 17x25 cm (6 l/ 2 " x 10"), so that they may be reproduced on paper of the standard size used by the C.C.I.R.

** The term Study Group in this Resolution is considered to apply also to Joint Study Groups set up in conformity with No. 710 of the General Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959, and which are adminis tered by the C.C.I.R. 2. Work carried out by correspondence

2.1 that the Chairmen of the Study Groups and the Director should be invited to make every effort to improve the efficiency of work by correspondence; 2.2 that, to expedite the work of the Study Groups between meetings, special ad hoc groups, with specific terms of reference, may be set up. Where possible, the membership, organization and terms of reference of these groups should be established by the Study Group concerned, but if this is not possible, they may be established by the Chairman of the Study Group concerned, in consultation with the Director, C.C.I.R.

3. Interim meetings

3.1 interim Study Group meetings should be held only when deemed essential and should be kept as short as possible; 3.2 the necessity for holding an interim Study Group meeting, and the exact dates of such a meeting, should be decided between the Director, C.C.I.R. and the Chairman of the Study Group concerned, after the latter has consulted the participants in the work of his Study Group and his Administration and obtained the agreement of the majority of participants (refer to Chapter 16 of the General Regulations annexed to the International Telecommuni cation Convention); 3.3 all the work to be carried out during the interim meeting should be confined to that which it has not been possible to deal with by correspondence; 3.4 interim Study Group meetings should normally take place during the period between about 15 months after the close of the preceding Plenary Assembly and terminate no later than 7 months before the opening of the following Plenary Assembly; 3.5 Study Groups having related subject should, as far as possible, meet at the same place, either concurrently or consecutively; 3.6 the Chairman of each Study Group holding an interim meeting should be invited to prepare an interim Report, outlining the work to be done at the meeting, such Reports to reach the Director, C.C.I.R. at least two months before the opening of the corresponding meeting; 3.7 contributions for interim meetings should reach the Study Group Chairman, Vice-Chairman and the Director, C.C.I.R. four months prior to the opening of the interim Study Group meeting at which they are to be discussed, so that there may be sufficient time for examination by the Chairman, and for their reproduction and distribution among the participants in the work of that Study Group; 3.8 that the conclusions of interim Study Group meetings should be issued: — in the form of a booklet containing: (a) an introduction giving the status of all texts pertaining to the Study Group in question, i.e., whether they have been deleted, maintained, modified, etc.; (b) the texts of all draft Recommendations, Reports, Opinions, Resolutions, Ques tions and Study Programmes of the interim Study Group meeting; (c) a list of participants in the meeting; (d) a list of contributions received; — as documents, forming the subject of a consultation amongst Administrations;

The second category of documents should be published within a month, and the booklet within three months;

3.9 the conclusions, thus published, should form part of the documentation for the following meeting of the Study Group, or of the Plenary Assembly, which ever takes place first. — 94 —

4. Final meetings Each Study Group should hold final meetings at the same place and immediately prece ding the Plenary Assembly, unless the Chairman of a given Study Group, after consultations in the same form as those provided for in § 3.2, does not consider such a meeting to be necessary.

5. Chairmen’s meeting Since a number of Questions under study by the C.C.I.R. at the present time concern several Study Groups, thereby calling for a coordination of their programmes of work, it is suggested that: 5.1 the Chairman and the Vice-Chairmen should meet a few days before a Plenary Assembly to coordinate, if necessary, the work of their Study Groups during this Assembly; 5.2 they should likewise meet at the end of this Assembly to distribute the new documents appropriately among the Study Groups concerned for subsequent study between two Plenary Assemblies.

6. Preparatory documentation for the Plenary Assembly 6.1 the preparatory documentation of the Plenary Assembly should consist of: 6.1.1 (a) for Study Groups which have held interim meetings: — the most recent conclusions of interim Study Group meetings of each Study Group; — contributions to the work of the various Study Groups which have not yet been taken into account in the conclusions of the interim Study Group meet ings; (b) for Study Groups which have not held interim meetings: — contributions to the work of such Study Groups; 6.1.2 the final Reports by the Chairmen of all Study Groups; 6.1.3 the Report by the Director to the Plenary Assembly; 6.1.4 documents bearing on the organization of the C.C.I.R.; 6.1.5 documents of interest to the C.C.I.R. from other international organizations; 6.2 the documentation referred to above shall be submitted to the Director, C.C.I.R. within the following time limits: — final Reports by the Chairmen: not later than four months before the opening of the Plenary Assembly. contributions: not later than six months before the opening of the Plenary Assembly. 6.3 contributions submitted after the Final Reports by the Study Group Chairmen have been pre pared shall be considered by the Study Groups at their final meetings during the Plenary Assem bly only in the most exceptional cases and subject to the approval of the Plenary Assembly. Such contributions shall be placed on the agenda of the first working meeting of the Plenary Assembly for consideration.

RESOLUTION 25 * I.T.U. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE The C.C.I.R., (Los Angeles, 1959)

CONSIDERING (a) Resolution No. 32 of the Plenipotentiary Conference, Buenos Aires, 1952, Resolution No. 384 of the Administrative Council and C.C.I.R. Resolution 64; (b) such future action as the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva, 1959, may take in connec tion with Technical Assistance;

* This Resolution was formerly designated “Resolution 63”. — 95 —

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES that the I.T.U. organs might take into account, amongst other things, the proposals of the joint C.C.I.R./C.C.I.T.T. Committee on Technical Assistance (C.M.A.T.).

RESOLUTION-26 * TECHNICAL APPARATUS The C.C.I.R., (Los Angeles, 1959)

CONSIDERING (a) § 6.3 of the report by the Finance Committee of the VUIth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. approving the inclusion of a sum for technical apparatus in the C.C.I.R. annual budgets for 1957, 1958 and 1959; (b) the section of the Director’s Report to the IXth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. headed “C.C.I.R. Technical Apparatus”, in particular the paragraph in which he reports on the review he has made as a result of § 6.3 as mentioned in § («); (c) that at its 13th session in 1958, the Administrative Council of the I.T.U. expressed a wish to have the opinion of the IXth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. before providing a credit for technical apparatus in the ordinary budget of the C.C.I.R.; Reaffirming that the C.C.I.R. should not establish a laboratory, but, on the other hand, recognizing the utility of maintaining the small amount of technical apparatus existing in the Secretariat;

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES 1. to include annually, in the estimates of ordinary expenditure of the C.C.I.R., the sum of Sw. frs. 6 000 to provide for the upkeep of the existing technical apparatus and for its gradual replacement, and to request the Administrative Council to provide this sum in the annual budgets; 2. that the Director should arrange for this apparatus to be used by the technical staff of the C.C.I.R. Secretariat; 2.1 so as to keep them in touch as closely as possible with modern technical radio developments and propagation phenomena in particular; . 2.2 so as to contribute, where possible, to C.C.I.R. studies on wave propagation.

RESOLUTION 27 BIBLIOGRAPHIES ANNEXED TO C.C.I.R. TEXTS The C.C.I.R., (Geneva, 1963)

CONSIDERING (a) that the bibliographies to be annexed to C.C.I.R. texts should be as brief as possible; (b) that the bibliographical references should relate to texts of current interest;

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES 1. that the Chairmen of Study Groups and Administrations submitting contributions should ensure that any bibliographical reference annexed to a C.C.I.R. text contains no references which have no direct relation to the contents of that text; 2. that during consideration of texts resulting from earlier meetings, any list of references should be examined with a view to deleting all out-of-date references or those irrelevant to the text.

* This Resolution was formerly designated “ Resolution 66 ”, — 96 —

. RESOLUTION 28 C.C.I.R. TEXTS TO BE PRESENTED TO THE E.A.R.C. The C.C.I.R., (Geneva, 1963)

HAVING CONSIDERED the Questions and Study Programmes on radiocommunication with and between space craft to which Recommendation 36 of the A.R.C. Geneva, 1959, gave rise;

CONSIDERING that these studies have produced a number of Recommendations, Opinions and Reports that have been adopted by the Xth Plenary Assembly;

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES that the Director should forward these adopted texts to the Secretary-General of the I.T.U., with the request that he arrange for these documents to be included in the preparatory docu- ^ mentation of the Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference, Geneva, October, 1963.

RESOLUTION 29 TECHNICAL COOPERATION The C.C.I.R., (Geneva, 1963)

CONSIDERING the report by the Ad Hoc Group to the Xth Plenary Assembly;

UNANIMOUSLY DECIDES 1. that as far as the new and developing countries themselves are concerned, it is desirable that these countries should: 1.1 collaborate to the greatest possible extent in the putting into execution of Resolution No. 448 of the Administrative Council; 1.2 participate in an active manner in the work of the C.C.I.R. Study Groups; , 1.3 take note that it is in their interest to make known, as early as possible, the questions they would like to be studied by the different Study Groups of the C.C.I.R., to the Director, C.C.I.R. in accordance with provision No. 180 of the Convention.

2. that as far as the C.C.I.R. is concerned: 2.1 it is desirable that ways and means should be found by which the new and developing coun tries can take a more active part in the general work of the C.C.I.R.; 2.2 for that purpose the C.C.I.R. should continue to apply the provisions of Recommendation No. 2 of the Plenipotentiary Conference, Geneva, 1959; 2.2.1 by taking up actively the study of questions posed by new countries, if necessary by setting up sub-groups or special working parties in the existing Study Groups; 2.2.2 by asking the Chairmen of Study Groups to send to the Secretariat of the C.C.I.R., within two months following the closing of the Plenary Assembly, a general outline of the problems already settled as well as of those which still require further study; this outline would be published in each volume of the C.C.I.R. documents and would appear as the beginning of the chapter relating to the Study Group concerned and would thus present the work already carried out by the Study Group in question. 2.2.3 by preparing and publishing extracts of existing Recommendations likely to be of interest to new and developing countries and to present these provisions in as clear and useful form as possible; — 97 —

2.3 the specialized Secretariat of the C.C.I.R. should counsel and assist Administrations of new and developing countries in the field of radiocommunications, for example, in the accumula tion of more propagation data for use in tropical regions; 2.4 in the participation of the C.C.I.R. in the work of the Plan Committee and its Sub-Com mittees, both in respect of planning and study of new questions, the Director, C.C.I.R. should make a special report on this aspect of the work to the Plenary Assembly. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT I

PLACE OF THE Xlth PLENARY ASSEMBLY

\ PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 101 —

PLACE OF THE Xlth PLENARY ASSEMBLY

At its Second Plenary Meeting, the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. accepted unanim ously and by acclamation the invitation of the French Administration to hold the Xlth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. in France in 1966.

* PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT PARTICIPATION IN THE WORK OF THE C.C.I.R. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT PARTICIPATION IN THE WORK OF THE C.C.I.R. General The following information is based on the provisions of the International Telecom munication Convention, Geneva, 1959, and is given for information. It should, of course, be understood that it is in no way intended to replace the provisions of the Convention, which'should be referred to for official purposes.

1. Categories of participants The C.C.I.R. has as Members: — as of right, Administrations of Members and Associate Members of the I.T.U.; — upon request, Recognized Private Operating Agencies. Furthermore, International Organizations, which coordinate their work with the I.T.U. and which have related interests, may be admitted to participate in the work of the C.C.I.R. in an advisory capacity. Finally, Scientific or Industrial Organizations, which are engaged in the study of tele communication problems or in the design or manufacture of equipment intended for tele communication services, may be admitted to participate in the work of the Study Groups of the C.C.I.R.

2. Financial conditions for participation As Administrations, by virtue of their membership in the I.T.U. contribute to the budget of the Union, they are exempt from specific financial contributions to the work of the C.C.I.R. ’ All other participants shall make a financial contribution according to the contributory class which they have chosen, the scale of which is as follows: 30-unit, 25, 20, 18, 15, 13, 10, 8, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 and i^-unit. The contributory unit is fixed by the Administrative Council of the I.T.U., and was established by the 19th Session of the Council (1964) at 4000 Swiss francs per annum, sub ject to review at future sessions. International Organizations may, however, be exempted by the Administrative Council on condition of reciprocity.

3. Procedure 3.1 Formal requirements No formal requirements are to be met for the participation of Administrations. The first request from a Recognized Private Operating Agency to take part in the work • of the C.C.I.R. shall be addressed to the Secretary-General of the I.T.U., who shall inform all Members and Associate Members and the Director, C.C.I.R. Such a request must be approved by the Member or Associate Member recognizing the agency. The first request from an International Organization to take part in the work of the C.C.I.R. shall be addressed to the Secretary-General, who will inform, by telegram, all Members and Associate Members and invite the former to say whether the request shall be granted, which shall be the case if the majority of replies received within the period of one month are favourable. The Secretary-General shall then inform all the Members and Asso ciate Members and the Director, C.C.I.R. of the result of the consultation. The first request from a Scientific or Industrial Organization to participate in the work of the C.C.I.R. Study Groups should be addressed to the Director, C.C.I.R. Such a request must be approved by the Administration of the country concerned. With the exception of Administrations, all other participants should also indicate the contributory class in which they wish to be placed, although International Organizations may request exemption on a reciprocal basis, as indicated above. — 106 —

3.2 Other information requested \ To permit the Secretariat of the C.C.I.R. to serve participants in the work of the C.C.I.R. and its Study Groups as efficiently as possible, it is requested that, when indicating the desire to take part in the work of the C.C.I.R. and its Study Groups, mention should also be made of the specific Study Groups—including the C.M.T.T. (see pages 109-112)—in which it is desired to participate. At the same time, it should also be indicated how many copies of Study Group documents should be sent, to which address(es) and the preferred language(s).

\ STUDY GROUPS OF THE C.C.I.R. AND THE JOINT STUDY GROUPS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 109 —

STUDY GROUPS OF THE C.C.I.R. AND THE JOINT STUDY GROUPS

C.C.I.R. Study Groups The work of the C.C.I.R. between Plenary Assemblies is at present carried out by fourteen Study Groups, which are:

S t u d y G r o u p I (Transmitters) Terms o f reference: 1. To make specific studies and proposals in connection with radio transmitters and gene rally to summarize and co-ordinate proposals for the rational and economical use of the radio spectrum. 2. To study spurious radiation from medical, scientific and industrial installations. Chairman: Colonel J. L o c h a r d (France) Vice-Chairman: Professor S. R y z k o (P.R. of Poland)

S t u d y G r o u p II (Receivers) Terms o f reference: The selection and study of the more important characteristics of the various types of receivers. Measurement of these characteristics of receivers and tabulation of typical values for the different classes of emission and the different services. Investigations of improvement that might be made in receivers to solve problems encountered in radiocommunication. Chairman: Mr. P . D a v i d (France) Vice-Chairman: Mr. Y. P l a c e (France)

S t u d y G r o u p III (Fixed service systems) Terms o f reference: 1. To study questions relating to complete systems for the fixed and allied services and terminal equipment associated therewith (excluding radio-relay systems.) Systems using the so-called ionospheric-scatter mode of propagation, even when working on frequencies above 30 Mc/s, are included. 2. To study the practical application of communication theory. Chairman: Dr. H.C.A. v a n D u u r e n (Netherlands) Vice-Chairman: Dr. S. N a m b a (Japan)

S t u d y G r o u p IV (Space systems and radioastronomy) Terms o f reference: To study technical questions regarding systems of telecommunication with and between locations in space. Chairman: Professor I. R a n z i (Italy) Vice-Chairman: Mr. W. K l e in (Switzerland)

S t u d y G r o u p V (Propagation over the surface of the earth and through the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere) — 110 —

Terms o f reference: To study all matters relating to the propagation of radio waves over the surface of the earth and through the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere in so far as they concern radio communication. Chairman: Dr. R.L. S m it h -R o s e , C.B.E. (United Kingdom) Vice-Chairman: Dr. A. K a l i n i n (U.S.S.R.)

S t u d y G r o u p VI (Ionospheric propagation) Terms o f reference: To study all matters relating to the propagation of radio waves through the ionosphere, in so far as they concern radiocommunication. Chairman: Mr. D.K. B a i l e y (U.S.A.) Vice-Chairman: Dr. E.K. S m it h (U.S.A.)

S t u d y G r o u p V II (Standard-frequencies and time-signals) Terms o f reference: Organization of a world-wide service of standard-frequency and time-signal emissions. Improvement of measurement accuracy. Chairman: Mr. B. D e c a u x (France) Vice-Chairman: Professor M. B o e l l a (Italy)

S t u d y G r o u p VIII (International monitoring) Terms o f reference: To study technical and operating problems, the solution of which depends principally on considerations of a technical character relating to monitoring stations participating in the international monitoring system with regard to: 1. in collaboration with the I.F.R.B., ways in which harmful interference can be verified and reported, in accordance with the International Telecommunication Convention and the Radio Regulations; 2. the development of methods and procedures to be used by monitoring stations in deter mining occupancy of the radio-frequency spectrum and the characteristics of emissions and in locating the source of an emission by direction-finding techniques; 3. specifications regarding the selection of sites, antennae and other equipment and instru mentation. Chairman: Mr. G.S. T u r n e r (U.S.A.) Vice-Chairman: Mr. M. A m a r o V ie ir a (Portugal)

S t u d y G r o u p I X (Radio-relay systems) Terms o f reference: To study all aspects of radio-relay systems and equipment operating at frequencies above about 30 Mc/s, including systems using the tropospheric-scatter mode of propagation. , Chairman: Mr. E.O. D ie t r i c h (Federal Republic of Germany) Vice-Chairman: Mr. J.H.H. M e r r im a n (United Kingdom)

S t u d y G r o u p X (Broadcasting) Terms o f reference: To study the technical aspects of transmission and reception in the sound broadcasting service (except for tropical broadcasting), including standards of sound recording and sound — I l l — reproduction to facilitate the international exchange of programmes; to study also the technical aspects of video recording in liaison with Study Group XI. Chairman: Mr. A. Prose W a l k e r (U.S.A.) Vice-Chairman: Dr. H. R i n d f l e i s c h (Federal Republic o f Germany)

S t u d y G r o u p X I (Television) Terms o f reference : Technical aspects of television. Chairman: Mr. E. E s p i n g (Sweden) Vice-Chairman: Mr. G. H a n s e n (Belgium)

S t u d y G r o u p XII (Tropical broadcasting) Terms o f reference: , To study standards required for good quality service in the tropical zone, and for tropical broadcasting systems; interference in the shared bands; power requirements for acceptable service; design of suitable antennae for short-distance tropical broadcasting; optimum conditions for the utilization of frequency bands used for broadcasting in the tropical zone; other associated questions. Chairman: Mr. N.V. G a d a d h a r (India) Vice-Chairman: Open (to be elected by next meeting of Study Group XII)

S t u d y G r o u p X I I I (Mobile services) Terms o f reference: To study technical and operating questions concerning the aeronautical, maritime, land mobile, radiolocation and radionavigation services (except services that involve the use of earth satellites which, at present, are the concern of Study Group IV). Chairman: Mr. G.H.M. G l e a d l e (United Kingdom) Vice-Chairman: Mr. J. S o b e r g (Norway)

S t u d y G r o u p X I V (Vocabulary) Terms o f reference: To study, in collaboration with the other Study Groups and, if necessary, with the C.C.I.T.T., the radio aspect of the following: vocabulary of terms and lists of definitions, lists of letter and graphical symbols and other means of expression, systematic classification, measurement units, etc. Chairman: Mr. R. V i l l e n e u v e (France) Vice-Chairman: Mr. A. F e r r a r i-T o n io l o (Italy)

Joint Study Group administered by the C.C.I.R. In addition to the 14 Study Groups referred to above, the C.C.I.R. also administers the following Joint Study Group: C.M.T.T. (C.C.I.R./C.C.I.T.T. Joint Commission for Television Transmissions) Terms o f reference: To study, in co-operation with the Study Groups of the C.C.LR. and the C.C.I.T.T., the specifications to be satisfied by telecommunication systems for the transmission of mono chrome and colour television signals over long distances. — 112 —

Chairman: Prof. Y. A n g e l (France) Vice-Chairman: Mr. R.H. F r a n k l i n (United Kingdom) As this Joint Group is administered by the C.C.I.R., the Chairman is elected by this Committee, and the Vice-Chairman by the C.C.I.T.T. Requests for participation in its work should be addressed to the Director, C.C.I.R.

Joint Study Groups administered by the C.C.I.T.T.

S p e c ia l Jo in t S t u d y G r o u p C (Circuit noise) Terms o f reference: Coordination of Recommendations issued by the C.C.I.T.T. and by the C.C.I.R. on the subject of various types of transmission systems, with an aim to limiting circuit noise to values acceptable for both telephony and telegraphy. Chairman: Mr. H. W il l ia m s (United Kingdom) Vice-Chairman: Dr. R. K a is e r (Federal Republic of Germany)

P l a n C o m m it t e e (Joint C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. Committee for the Plan) Terms o f reference: This Committee shall be responsible, either directly or though its regional Sub-Com mittees : 1. for establishing a General Plan for development of the international network to help Administrations and recognized private operating agencies, when they conclude mutual agreements, to organize and improve the international services between their respective countries; 2. for examining the technical, operating and tariff questions raised either directly or indi rectly in the various regions of the world by the application of the different stages of this Plan, to make an inventory of questions of interest to new or developing countries, and to set such questions for study by the competent C.C.I., or in cooperation with the two C.C.I’s, if necessary, in accordance with No. 180 of the Geneva Convention, 1959. Chairman: Mr. A . A n t i n o r i (Italy) Vice-Chairman: Mr. P. H a m i d (Pakistan) It should be noted that the Plan Committee has three regional Sub-Committees, which have, for the regions concerned, the same terms of reference as the Plan Committee itself:

P l a n S u b - c o m m it t e e f o r A f r ic a

Chairman: Mr. Gabriel T e d r o s (Ethiopia) Vice-Chairman: Mr. Mohamed Mili (Tunisia)

P l a n S u b - c o m m it t e e f o r A sia

Chairman: Mr. C.P. V a s u d e v a n (India) Vice-Chairman: Mr. S. F u j i k i (Japan)

P l a n S u b - c o m m it t e e f o r L a t i n A m e r ic a

Chairman: Mr. C. N u n e z A r e l l a n o (Mexico) Vice-Chairman: Mr. A. O c h o a (Colombia) As the above Joint Groups are administered by the C.C.I.T.T., the Chairman is elected by this Committee and the Vice-Chairman by the C.C.I.R. Requests for participation in the work of these Groups should be addressed to the Director, C.C.I.T.T. TEXTS OF THE C.C.I.R. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 115 —

TEXTS OF THE C.C.I.R. 1. Definitions Following the decisions of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., Geneva, 1963, the C.C.I.R. issues the following six different types of text: Recommendation : A statement issued when a Question has been wholly or partly answered- A Question is normally terminated by the issue of a Recommendation. Report: An interim or provisional reply to a Question, or part of a Question, or a statement, for information, on the studies carried out by a Study Group on a given subject. Question: A statement of a technical or operational problem, to which an answer is required." Study Programme: Text describing the work to be carried out on a technical or operational problem usually constituting the subject of a Question. Opinion (in French: Vceu): A text containing a proposal or a request destined for another organization (such as the organs of the I.T.U., International Organizations, etc.), and not necessarily relating to a subject of a technical nature. Resolution (in French: Resolution): Text giving instructions on the organization, methods, or programmes of C.C.I.R. work.

2. Numbering The series of Recommendations and of Questions (started at the Vth Plenary Assembly, Stockholm, 1948) and Reports (started at the Vlth Plenary Assembly, Geneva, 1951), were maintained by the Xth Plenary Assembly. With regard to Study Programmes, the Plenary Assembly decided that Study Pro grammes derived from a Question under study should bear the same number as the corre sponding Question, followed by a capital letter (e.g. Study Programme 185A (III) is derived from Question 185 (III)). Study Programmes not derived from any Question under study continue to be numbered in the existing series, which was started at the Vlth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., Geneva, 1951. The Xth Plenary Assembly decided to divide the then existing series of Resolutions (French: Voeux, Spanish: Ruegos) into two individual categories, i.e. Resolutions (French: Resolutions, Spanish: Resoluciones) on the one hand and Opinions (French: Voeux, Spanish: Ruegos) on the other, these two series being defined as indicated in the preceding paragraph. C.C.I.R. texts are only renumbered if the contents have been modified by the Plenary Assembly. However, to follow the decisions of the Xth Plenary Assembly, it has been necessary to renumber certain Study Programmes which depend on Questions under study, even though the contents have not been changed. In addition, Resolutions adopted by previous Plenary Assemblies and which were maintained by the Xth Plenary Assembly were, according to the new definitions, either renumbered in the new series of Resolutions or redesignated as Opinions. The following table shows the Plenary Assembly, or interim period, during which the various C.C.I.R. texts were adopted:

3. Reference to documents of C.C.I.R. meetings In several texts, reference may be found to documents of the following meetings of the C.C.I.R.:

Vth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y Stockholm (July 1948) Study Group XI ' Zurich (July 1949) Study Groups VI and X Washington (March 1950) Study Group XI London (May 1950) Sub-Group Gerber.of Study Group XI Geneva (July 1950) — 116 —

Recom Resolu- Study Period Reports Resolu- Opinions Questions Program- mendations tionsP) tions(2) mes(3)

Vth Plenary Assembly . 1-35 1-2 1-33 Interim period...... 34-45 Vlth Plenary Assembly. 36-85 1-15 3-9 46-73 1-38 Interim period.. . . . 86 Vllth Plenary Assembly. 87-144 16-37 10-19, 74-112 39-78 Interim period...... 113-122 79-81 VUIth Plenary Assembly 145-227 38-95 20-38 123-164 82-115 Interim period...... 165-170 116-123 ‘ IXth Plenary Assembly . 228-324 96-174 39-67 171-206 124-168 Interim period...... 207-226 169-179 Xth Plenary Assembly . 325-431 175-321 1-29 1-21 227-279 180-207

(L) Old series. (2) New series. (3) Not including Study Programmes derived from Questions under study.

Vlth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y Geneva (June-July 1951) Study Groups I and III The Hague (April 1952) ' Study Groups V, VI and XI Stockholm (May 1952) Study Group X Geneva (August 1952)

Vllth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y London (September-October 1953) Study Group IX Geneva (September 1954) Study Groups I and XI Brussels (March-April 1955)

VUIth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y Warsaw (August-September 1956) C.M.A.T. (Joint Study Group for Technical Assistance) Geneva (April 1957) C.M.T.T. (Joint Study Group for Television Transmission) Paris (July 1957) Sub-Group Lepechinsky of Study Group VI Geneva (December 1957) Study Group XI Moscow (May-June 1958) Study Groups I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII and IX Geneva (July-August 1958) C.M.T.T. Monte-Carlo (October 1958)

IXth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y Los Angeles (April 1959) Sub-Group Esping of Study Group XI Geneva (October 1959) Sub-Group Lepechinsky of Study Group VI Geneva (December 1960) Meeting of Experts (Study Groups V, X and XI) Cannes (February 1961) Study Group IX and the C.M.T.T. Paris (February 1962) Study Groups IV and VIII Washington (March 1962) Study Groups I, II, III, V, VI and VII Geneva (April-May 1962) Study Groups X, XI and XII Bad Kreuznach (June 1962)

Xth P l e n a r y A s s e m b l y Geneva (January-February 1963) References to these documents are indicated by the place and year of the meeting and, where appropriate, the Study Group concerned. — 117 —

4. List of texts valid at the close of the Xth Plenary Assembly, 1963 The following list includes all texts adopted or maintained by the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R., and represents all C.C.I.R. texts at present valid. Numbers which do not appear relate to texts which have been deleted or replaced. For convenience of reference the texts at present valid (with the exception of Resolutions 23-29, which are of a general nature and appear on pages 91 to 97 of Volume VI have been grouped by subject in five volumes; each volume contains the texts, i.e. Questions, Study Programmes, Resolutions and Opinions—concerning the appropriate Study Group, with an introduction by the Chairman of the Study Group concerned. The section concerning each Study Group is preceded in the same volume by the Recommendations and Reports relating to the same subjects. These Recommendations and Reports have been classified in the following 11 groups, designated by a capital letter: A. Emission F. Radio-relay systems B. Reception G. Propagation C. Fixed services H. Standard-frequencies and Time signals D. Mobile services J. Monitoring E. Sound broadcasting and K. Vocabulary Television L. Space systems In consequence, the contents of the above mentioned volumes are as follows: Volume I: Emission, Reception, Vocabulary (Reports and Recommendations referring to Sections A, B and K; texts referring to Study Groups I, II and XIV). Volume II: Propagation (Reports and Recommendations referring to Section G; texts referring to Study Groups V and VI). Volume III: Fixed and Mobile services, Standard-frequencies and Time signals, Mon itoring (Reports and Recommendations referring to Sections C, D, H and J ; texts referring to Study Groups III, XIII, VII and VIII). Volume IV: Radio-relay systems, Space systems (Reports and Recommendations referring to Sections F and L; texts referring to Study Groups IX and IV). Volume V: Sound broadcasting, Television (Reports and Recommendations referring to Section E; texts referring to Study Groups X, XI and XII). — 118 —

RECOMMENDATIONS

No. Title Volume Page 45 Avoidance of interference from ships’ radar to other radiocommunication apparatus III 137 on board 48 Choice of frequency to avoid interference in the bands shared with tropical broad V 45 casting 49 Choice of site of stations and type of antenna to avoid interference in the bands shared V 45 with tropical broadcasting 75 Classification and essential characteristics of feed-back suppressors III 13 76 Voice-operated devices for ship stations and carrier-operated devices for shore stations III 138 77 Conditions necessary for interconnection of mobile radiotelephone stations (for instan III 139 ce, automobiles, aircraft and ships) and international telephone lines 80 High-frequency broadcasting. Directional antennae V 38 100 Reduction of occupied bandwidth and transmitter power in radiotelephony III 13 106 Voice-frequency telegraphy on radio circuits III 14 124 Cancelled: Implemented by the Administrative Radio Conference, Geneva, 1959 and the Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, London, 1960 136 Single-sideband sound broadcasting V 38 139 Design of transmitting antennae for tropical broadcasting V 46 140 Design of receiving antennae for tropical broadcasting V 47 162 Use of directional antennae III 15 166 Unit of quantity of information III 17 168 Presentation of antenna radiation data II 11 182 Automatic monitoring of occupancy of the radio-frequency spectrum III 225 205 High-frequency (decametric) broadcasting.. Use of synchronized transmitters V 39 212 Television standards V 57 214 Limitation of the power of transmitters in the tropical zone to avoid interference in the V 47 bands shared with tropical broadcasting 215 Maximum power for short distance high-frequency broadcasting in the tropical zone V 48 216 Minimum permissible protection ratio to avoid interference in the bands shared with V 50 tropical broadcasting 218 Prevention of interference to radio reception on ships III 140 219 Alarm signal for use on the maritime radiotelephony distress frequency of 2182 kc/s III 141 224 Testing of 500 kc/s radiotelegraph auto-alarm receiving equipment on board ships III 143 237 Sensitivity, selectivity and stability of amplitude-modulation and frequency-modula- I 115 tion sound-broadcast receivers 239 Spurious emissions from broadcast and television receivers I 115 240 Signal-to-interference protection ratios III 17 246 Frequency-shift keying III 19 250 Cancelled: the substance of this Recommendation is retained in the Radio Regulations, ' Geneva, 1959 . 251 Cancelled: implemented in Appendix 14 to the Radio Regulations, Geneva, 1959 257 Selective calling devices for use in the international VHF (metric) maritime mobile III 144 radiotelephone service, 258 Single-sideband aeronautical and maritime mobile radiotelephone equipments III 145 — 119 —

No. ■Title Volume Page 259 Selection of frequencies used in telecommunication with and between artificial earth IV 153 satellites and other spacecraft 261 Standards of sound recording for the international exchange of programmes. Single V 13 track recording on magnetic tape 262 High-frequency broadcasting. Effects of closer spacing between carriers V 39 264 Recording standards for the international exchange of television programmes V 27 265 Recording standards for the international exchange of television programmes. Film V 27 recording 266 Phase correction of television transmitters necessitated by the use of vestigial-sideband V 58 transmission 268 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Interconnection IV 17 at audio-frequencies 270 Radio-relay systems for television. Interconnection at video-signal frequencies IV 17 271 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Simultaneous transmission by the IV 77 same radio-frequency carrier. Baseband arrangements 275 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Pre-emphasis IV 78 characteristic for frequency modulation systems 276 Radio-relay systems for television. Frequency deviation and the sense of modulation IV 81 279 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Radio-frequency IV 28 channel arrangements for 300-channel systems operating in the 2 and 4 Gc/s bands 281 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred radio-frequency channel IV 29 arrangements for television 282 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Use of special radio-frequency chan- IV 29 nel arrangements 283 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Radio-fre- IV 30 quency channel arrangements for 60- and 120-channel telephony systems operating in the 2 Gels band 289 Radio-relay systems for monochrome television. Permissible noise in the hypothetical IV 51 reference circuit 290 Maintenance procedure for radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division IV 68 multiplex. Measurements to be made 297 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Interconnection at IV 18 audio-frequencies 298 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Preferred character- IV 82 istics 299 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Agreement on major IV 19 characteristics 300 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Hypothetical refer- IV 53 ence circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of 60 telephone channels or less 302 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Limitation of interference IV 54 304 Radio-relay systems for telephony. Interconnection of different systems of multiplexing IV 19 305 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Stand-by arrangements IV 68 306 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Procedure for the international con- IV 20 nection of systems with different characteristics 310 Definition of terms relating to propagation in the troposphere II 12 311 Presentation of data in studies of tropospheric-wave propagation II 15 313 Exchange of information for the preparation of short-term forecasts and the transmis- II 239 sion of ionospheric disturbance warnings 314 Protection of frequencies used for radioastonomical measurements IV 178 325 Definitions of the terms emission, transmission and radiation I 13 326 Power of radio transmitters. Relationships between the peak envelope power, the mean I 14 power and the carrier power of a radio transmitter 327 Measurement of spectra and bandwidths of emissions I 28 — 120 —

No. Title - Volume Page 328 Spectra and bandwidths of emission ' I 33 329 ; Spurious radiation (of a radio emission) ' I 40 330 Sensitivity, selectivity and stability of television receivers I 116 331 Noise and sensitivity of receivers I 117 332 Selectivity of receivers ' I 136 333 Tuning stability of receivers I 165 334 Response of broadcast and television receivers to impulsive and quasi-impulsive inter- I 174 ference . 335 Intercontinental radiotelephone systems and the use of radio links in international III 20 telephone circuits 336 Principles of the devices used to achieve privacy in radiotelephone conversations III 22 337 Channel separation , III 23 338 Bandwidth required at the output of a telegraph or telephone receiver III 23 339 Bandwidths and signal-to-noise ratios in complete systems III 24 340 Fading allowances for the various classes of emission III 26 341 The concept of transmission loss in studies of radio systems III 29 342 Automatic error correcting system for telegraph signals transmitted over radio links III 32 343 Facsimile transmission of meteorological charts over radio circuits III 41 344 Standardization of phototelegraph systems for use on combined radio and metallic III 42 circuits 345 Telegraph distortion III 44 346 Four-frequency diplex systems III 46 347 Classification of multi-channel radiotelegraph systems for long-range circuits oper- III 48 ating at frequencies below about 30 Mc/s and the designation of the channels in these systems .348 Arrangement of channels in multi-channel single-sideband and independent-sideband III 50 transmitters for long-range circuits operating at frequencies below about 30 Mc/s 349 Frequency stability required for single-sideband, independent-sideband and telegraph III 52 systems to make the use of automatic frequency control superfluous 350 Identification of radio emissions from spacecraft IV 154 351 Cessation of radio emissions from spacecraft IV 154 352 Active communication-satellite systems for multiplex telephony and/or monochrome IV 156 television. Hypothetical reference circuit for intercontinental systems 353. Active communication-satellite systems for frequency-division multiplex telephony. IV 157 Allowable noise power in the basic hypothetical reference circuit 354 Active communication-satellite systems for monochrome television. Video bandwidth IV 158 and permissible noise in the hypothetical reference circuit 355 Active communication-satellite systems. Feasibility of sharing frequency bands with IV 159 terrestrial radio services 356 Communication-satellite systems sharing the same frequency bands as line-of-sight IV 160 radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel of a communication-satellite system 357 Communication-satellite systems sharing frequency bands with line-of-sight radio- IV 161 relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel of a radio-relay system 358 Communication-satellite systems sharing the same frequency bands as line-of-sight IV 162 radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of power flux density at the surface of the earth produced by communication satellites — 121 —

No. Title Volume Page 359 Communication-satellite systems. Avoidance of interference between earth stations and IV 164 / terrestrial radio stations sharing the same frequency bands. Determination of the coord ination distance • 360 Criteria for selection of preferred reference frequencies for communication-satellite IV 165 systems sharing frequency bands with line-of-sight radio-relay systems 361 Frequency requirements of radionavigation-satellite systems IV 167 362 Frequencies technically suitable for meteorological satellites IV 169 363 Preferred frequency bands for use in maintenance telemetering, tracking and telecom IV 170 mand of developmental and operational satellites 364 Telecommunication links for near-earth research stations. Frequencies, bandwidths IV 171 and interference criteria 365 Telecommunication links for deep-space research. Frequencies, bandwidths and interfer IV 173 ence criteria 366 Telecommunication links for manned research spacecraft IV 175 367 Frequency bands for re-entry communications IV 177 368 Ground-wave propagation curves for frequencies below 10 Mc/s II 17 369 Definition of a basic reference atmosphere II 24 379 VHF and UHF propagation curves for the frequency range from 40 Mc/s to 1000 Mc/s. II 24 Broadcasting and mobile services 371 Choice of solar indices for ionospheric propagation II 240 372 Use of atmospheric radio-noise data II 241 373 Meaning of MUF II 242 374 Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions III 193 375 Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions in additional frequency bands III 194 376 Avoidance of external interference with emissions of the standard-frequency service in III 195 the bands allocated to that service 377 Accuracy of frequency measurements at monitoring stations III 226 378 Accuracy of field-strength measurements by monitoring stations III 227 379 Identification of radio stations III 228 380 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Interconnection IV 21 at baseband frequencies 381 Interconnection of radio-relay and line systems. Line regulating and other pilots. Limits IV 25 for the residues of signals outside the baseband 382 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrange IV 32 ments for systems for 600 to 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 2 and 4 Gc/s bands 383 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrange-' IV 35 ments for systems for 600 to 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 6 Gc/s band 384 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrange IV 37 ments for systems with a capacity of either 2700 telephone channels or 960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 6 Gc/s band 385 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Radio-frequency IV 41 channel arrangements for 60-, 120- and 300-channel telephony systems operating in the 7 Gc/s band 386 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrange IV 43 ments for systems with a capacity o f960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 8 Gc/s band 387 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrange IV 44 ments for systems with a capacity of 960 channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 11 Gc/s band 388 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Radio-frequency channel arrangements IV 47 389 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics of auxiliary IV 48 radio-relay systems operating in the 2, 4, 6 or 11 Gc/s bands — 122 —

No. Title Volume Page 390 Definitions of hypothetical reference circuits IV 55 391 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Hypothetical IV 57 reference circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of 12 to 60 telephone channels 392 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Hypothetical IV 58 reference circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of more than 60 telephone chan nels 393 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Allowable noise IV 60 power in the hypothetical reference circuit 394 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Allowable noise IV 62 power in the hypothetical reference circuit 395 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Noise in real IV 63 circuits 396 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Hypothetical reference circuit for radio-relay IV 65 systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex 397 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Allowable noise power in the hypothetical IV 66 reference circuit for telephony transmission using frequency-division multiplex 398 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Maintenance IV 69 measurements in actual traffic 399 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Measurement IV 71 of performance with the help of a signal consisting of a continuous uniform spectrum 400 Service channel for radio-relay systems. Types of service channel to be provided IV 73 401 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Frequencies and deviations of conti IV 75 nuity pilots 402 Radio-relay systems for television. Simultaneous transmission of a monochrome televi IV 83 sion signal and a single sound channel. Preferred characteristics of the sound channel 403 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Intermediate frequency characteristics IV 84 404 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Frequency IV 85 deviation 405 Radio-relay systems for television. Pre-emphasis characteristics for frequency modula IV 8^ tion systems 406 Line-of-sight radio-relay systems sharing the same frequency bands as the satellite IV 90 receivers of active earth-satellite communication systems. Maximum effective radiated powers of line-of-sight radio-relay system transmitters 407 Sound recording for the international exchange of programmes V 34 408 Standards for stereophonic recording on 6'25 mm (|4 in.) two-track tape for the inter V 34 national exchange of broadcast programmes 409 Measurement of wow and flutter in recording equipment and in sound reproduction V 35 410 High-frequency broadcasting. Use of more than one frequency per programme V 40 411 High-frequency broadcasting Conditions for satisfactory reception V 40 412 Standards for frequency-modulation sound broadcasting in the VHF (metric) band V 41 413 Presentation of the results of subjective measurements of protection ratios for ampli- V 43 tude-modulation sound broadcasting 414 Directional antennae. Presentation of antenna diagrams V 44 415 Performance specifications for low-cost sound broadcasting receivers V 51 416 Performance specifications for low-cost sound broadcasting receivers for community V 54 listening 417 Minimum field-strengths for which protection may be sought in planning a television V 58 service 418 Ratio of the wanted-to-unwanted signal in monochrome television V 59 419 Directivity of antennae in .the reception of broadcast sound and television V 68 420 Insertion of special signals in the field-blanking interval of a 625-line television signal V 69 — 123 —

No. Title Volume Page 421 Requirements for the transmission of monochrome television signals over long dis V 70 tances 422 Pulse transmission for radio direction-finding III 148 423 Use of 8364 kc/s for radio direction-finding III 149 424 Bearing and position classification for direction-finding ^ III 151 425 Technical characteristics of frequency-modulation VHF (metric) maritime mobile III 152 equipments 426 Spurious emissions from frequency-modulated VHF (metric) maritime mobile equip III 154 ment 427 Interference due to intermodulation products in the VHF (metric) maritime mobile III 155 radiotelephone service 428 Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s band III 156 429 Interference level on the radiotelegraph distress frequency III 158 430 Unit systems I 237 431 Nomenclature of the frequency and wavelength bands used in radiocommunications I 237

\ — 124 —

REPORTS

No. Title Vol. Page 19 Voice-frequency telegraphy on radio circuits III 55 32 High-frequency broadcasting. Directional antenna systems V 110 42 Use of radio circuits in association with 5-unit start-stop telegraph apparatus III 56 43 Review of publications on propagation II 37 46 Temporal variations of ground-wave field-strength II 38 77 Frequency-modulation sound broadcasting in the VHF (metric) band V 111 79 Standards of sound recording for the international exchange of programmes V 97 93 HF (decametric) and VHF (metric) direction finding III 161 106 Improvement obtainable from the use of directional antennae III 57 107 Directivity of antennae at great distances III 62 109 Radio systems employing ionospheric-scatter propagation III 63 111 Influence on long-distance HF communications using frequency-shiftkeying of fre- III 79 quency deviations associated with passage through the ionosphere 112 Transmission loss in studies of radio systems III 84 122 Advantages to be gained by using orthogonal wave polarizations in the planning of V 165 broadcasting services in the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) bands. Television and sound 130 Radio-relay systems for telephony. Noise tolerable during very short periods of time IV 110 on line-of-sight systems 134 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division multiplex. Technical character- IV 91 istics to be specified to enable interconnection between any two systems 137 Duration of interruptions on radio links when switching from normal to stand-by IV 114 equipment 151 Ionospheric sounding stations after the International Geophysical Year (IGY) II . 243 175 Classification and designation of emissions I 47 176 Compression of the radiotelephone signal spectrum in the HF bands I 63 177 Compression of the radiotelegraph signal spectrum in the HF bands I 64 178 Possibilities of reducing interference and of measuring actual traffic spectra I 65 179 Bandwidth of telegraphic emissions A1 and FI. Evaluation of interference produced I 78 by these emissions 180 Frequency stabilization of transmitters - I 88 181 Frequency tolerance of transmitters I 90 182 Determination of the maximum level of interference that is tolerable in complete radio I 93 systems, caused by industrial, scientific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment 183 Usable sensitivity of radio receivers in the presence of quasi-impulsive interference I 175 184 Choice of intermediate frequency and protection against unwanted responses of super- I 181 heterodyne receivers 185 Selectivity of receivers I 18T 186 Multiple-signal methods of measuring selectivity I 187 187 Protection against interference between keyed signals I 188 188 Criteria for receiver tuning I 193 189 Methods of measuring phase/frequency or group-delay/frequency characteristics of I 195 receivers 190 Suppression of amplitude-modulation (caused by multipath propagation) in FM I 197 receivers 191 Tolerable receiver tuning instability I 199 192 Tuning stability of receivers. Stability of intermediate-frequency amplifiers with electro- I 201 mechanical filters, semi-conductor capacitors and ferromagnetic tuning 193 Spurious emissions from receivers I 202 — 125 —

No. Title Vol. Page 194 Interference caused to FM reception by AM and FM VHF mobile stations I 205 195 Bandwidths and signal-to-noise ratios in complete systems. Prediction of the per III 90 formance of telegraph systems in terms of bandwith and signal-to-noise ratio 196 Some aspects of the application of communication theory III 98 197 Factors affecting the quality of performance of complete systems in the fixed services III 100 198 Voice-frequency (carrier) telegraphy on radio circuits III 101 199 Arrangement of voice-frequency frequency-shift telegraph channels on radio circuits III 101 200 Telegraph distortion, error-rate III 103 201 Remote control signals for facsimile transmissions III 103 202 Identification of the carrier frequency relative to the assigned frequency of an emission III 104 203 Multipath propagation on high-frequency radio circuits. Measurements of path-time III 105 delay differences and their incidence on typical radio links 204 Terms and definitions relating to space radiocommunication IV 181 205 Factors affecting the selection of frequencies for telecommunications with and between IV 185 spacecraft 206 Communication-satellite systems. General considerations relating to the choice of orbit, IV 206 satellite and type of systems 207 Active communication-satellite experiments. Preliminary results of tests and demons IV 216 trations 208 Active communication-satellite systems for frequency-division multiplex telephony and IV 218 monochrome television. Form of the basic hypothetical reference circuit and allowable noise standards; video bandwidth and sound channel for television 209 Communication-satellite systems. Frequency sharing between communication-satellite IV 221 systems and terrestrial services 210 Frequency sharing within and between communication-satellite systems' IV 232 211 Active communication-satellite systems. A comparative study of possible methods of IV 233. modulation 212 Communication-satellite systems for frequency-division multiplex telephony and IV 249 monochrome television. Use of pre-emphasis by frequency modulation systems 213 Factors affecting multi-station access in communication-satellite systems IV 250 214 Communication-satellite systems. The effects of Doppler frequency-shifts, transmission IV 252 time delays and switching discontinuities 215 Feasibility of direct sound and television broadcasting from satellites IV 262 216 Use of satellites for terrestrial radionavigation IV 267 217 Radiocommunications for meteorological satellite systems IV 270 218 Technical characteristics of telecommunication links between earth stations and space IV 272 craft for research purposes 219 Interference considerations for near-earth research satellite telecommunication links IV 288 220 Interference considerations for telecommunication links used for deep-space research IV 294 221 Telecommunication links for manned research-spacecraft. Frequencies, bandwidths IV 300 and interference criteria 222 Factors affecting the selection of frequencies for telecommunications with spacecraft IV 302 re-entering the earth’s atmosphere 223 Line frequencies or bands, of interest to radioastronomy and related sciences, in the IV 304 30 to 300 Gc/s range arising from natural phenomena 224 ° Radioastronomy IV 307 — 126 —

No. Title Vol. Page 225 The possibility of frequency sharing between radioastronomy and other services IV 326 226 Factors affecting the possibility of frequency sharing between radar astronomy and IV 338 other services 227 Measurement of field-strength, power flux density (field intensity), radiated power, II 39 available power from the receiving antenna and transmission loss 228 Measurement of field strength for VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) broadcast II 50 services, including television 229 Determination of the electrical characteristics of the surface of the earth II 61 230 Ground-wave propagation over inhomogeneous earth II 68 231 Reference atmospheres II . 74 232 Constants in the equation for the radio refractive index II 75 233 Influence of the atmosphere on wave propagation II 76 234 Influence of the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere on the propagation of waves II 121 235 Effects of tropospheric refraction at frequencies below 10 Mc/s II 127 236 Influence of irregular terrain on tropospheric propagation II 129 237 Investigation of multipath transmission through the troposphere II 133 238 Radio transmission utilizing inhomogeneities in the troposphere (commonly called II 135 “ scattering ”) 239 VHF and UHF propagation curves in the frequency range from 40 Mc/s to 1000 Mc/s. II 137 Broadcasting and mobile services 240 Propagation curves for VHF/UHF broadcasting in the African continent II 143 241 Propagation data required for radio-relay systems II 182 242 Propagation data required for radio-relay systems. Cumulative distribution of the II 182 length of individual time intervals during which the path attenuation exceeds a given level 243 Tropospheric-wave propagation curves for application to interference problems in the II 188 range 1 to 10 Gc/s 244 Estimation of tropospheric-wave transmission loss II 191 245 Prediction of solar index II 244 246 Choice of basic indices for ionospheric propagation II 245 247 Identification of precursors indicative of short-term variations and evaluation of the II 251 reliability of short-term forecasts of ionospheric propagation conditions 248 Availability and exchange of basic data for radio propagation forecasts II 256 249 Pulse transmission tests at oblique incidence II 261 250 Long-distance ionospheric propagation without intermediate ground reflection II 264 251 Intermittent communication by meteor-burst propagation II 265 252 Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss between the approximate II 267 limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 253 Systematic measurements of sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss at frequen II 272 cies between the approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 254 Measurement of atmospheric radio-noise II 277 255 Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation II 279 256 Meaning of MUF II 289 257 Questions submitted by the I.F.R.B. II 291 258 Measurements of man-made radio-noise II 292 259 Long-distance propagation of waves at 30 to 300 Mc/s by way of ionization by the E- II 293 and F-regions of the ionosphere 260 Ionospheric-scatter propagation II 297 261 Back-scattering II 306 262 Whistler mode of propagation II 310 263 Factors affecting propagation in communications with spacecraft II 312 _ 127 —

No. Title Vol. Page 264 Predictions of ionospheric field-strength or propagation loss for the frequency range II 313 between 150 and 1500 kc/s 265 Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below 150 kc/s II 326 266 Fading of signals propagated by the ionosphere II 327 267 Standard-frequencies and time-signals III 197 268 Stabilized frequency emissions and monitoring facilities in bands 4 and 5 III 206 269 Reduction of mutual interference between standard-frequency and time-signal emis III 210 sions 270 Frequency spectrum conservation for high precision time-signals III 211 271 A cause of reduced stability and accuracy in standard-frequency and time-signals as III 212 received 272 Frequency measurements at monitoring stations III 231 273 Field-strength measurements at monitoring stations III 235 274 Measurement of S-values at monitoring stations III 240 275 Bandwidth measurement by monitoring stations III 241 276 Monitoring of radio transmissions from spacecraft at fixed monitoring stations III 243 277 Measurements at mobile monitoring stations III 248 278 Automatic monitoring of occupancy of the radio-frequency spectrum III 253 279 Visual monitoring of the radio-frequency spectrum III 260 280 Identification of radio stations III 262 281 Identification of sources of interference to radio reception III 263 282 International monitoring facilities. Reply to Recommendation No. 5 of the Administra III 266 tive Radio Conference, Geneva 1959 283 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex. Technical IV 94 characteristics to be specified to enable interconnection between any two systems 284 Interconnection of auxiliary radio-relay systems at radio-frequencies IV 97 285 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Transmission, interference and interconnec IV 98 tion 286 Tropospheric-scatter systems. Radio-frequency channel arrangements for systems IV 104 using frequency modulation 287 Radio-relay systems for telephony and television. Systems of capacity greater than IV 106 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent 288 Noise in circuits longer than 2500 km IV 113 289 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics for the IV 117 transmission of more than one sound channel. Simultaneous transmission of television and a maximum of four sound channels 290 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics for the IV . H9 transmission of more than one sound channel. Transmission of up to six sound channels 291 Standards of sound recording for the international exchange of programmes V 98 292 Measurement of programme level in sound broadcasting V 98 293 Audio-frequency parameters for the stereophonic reproduction of sound V 100 294 Recording standards for the international exchange of television programmes on film V 104 295 Recording of monochrome television signals on magnetic tape . V 105 296 High-frequency broadcasting. Protection at a great distance by the use of directional V 112 antennae 297 High-frequency broadcasting. Bandwidth of emissions V 113 298 Protection ratios for amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting V il4 299 Compatible single-sideband transmission (CSSB) for amplitude-modulation sound V 116 broadcasting services 300 Stereophonic broadcasting V 118 301 Design of transmitting antennae for tropical broadcasting V 123 — 128 —

No. Title Vol. Page 302 Interference in the bands shared with broadcasting V 134 303 Determination of noise level for tropical broadcasting , V 145 304 Fading allowances for tropical broadcasting V 149 305 Best method for calculating the field-strength produced by a tropical broadcasting V 152 transmitter 306 Ratio of wanted-to-unwanted signal for colour televison in bands IV and V V 166 307 Protection ratios for television in the shared bands. Protection against radionavigation V 169 transmitters operating in the band 582 to 606 Mc/s 308 Characteristics of monochrome television systems V 171 309 Choice of standards for colour television in the European area V 183 310 Video characteristics of a 625-line monochrome television system proposed for the V 183 international exchange of programmes 311 The present position of standards conversion V 185 312 Constitution of a system of stereoscopic television V 189 313 Assessment of the quality of television pictures V 190 314 Insertion of special signals in the field-blanking interval of a television signal V 191 315 Reduction of the channel capacity required for a television signal V 194 316 Requirements for the transmission of colour television signals over long distances V 195 317 Publication of service codes in use in the international telegraph service III 165 318 Marine identification devices III 167 319 Characteristics of equipment and principles governing the allocation of frequency III 171 channels in the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) land mobile services 320 Selective calling devices for the international maritime mobile radiotelephone services III 174 321 Terms and definitions. Right-hand (clockwise) or left-hand (anti-clockwise) ellipti- I 239 cally or circularly polarized (electro-magnetic) waves 322 Revision of atmospheric radio-noise data (Published separately) II 334 — 129 —

OPINIONS

No. Title Vol. Page 1 Classification and designation of emissions I 98 2 Cooperation with the International Special Committee on Radio Interference I 110 3 Data on traffic loading and routing for use in developing communication-satellite sys IV 346 tem facilities 4 Radio transmission utilizing inhomogeneities in the troposphere (commonly termed II 218 “ scattering ”) 5 Influence of the troposphere on frequencies used tor telecommunication with and II 218 between spacecraft 6 Identification of precursors indicative of short-term variations of ionospheric propa II 337 gation conditions 7 Prediction of indices of solar activity II 338 8 High-frequency propagation by ducting above the F2-region peak II 352 9 Effects of the ionosphere on radio waves used for telecommunication with and between II 358 spacecraft beyond the lower atmosphere 10 Fading of signals propagated by the ionosphere II 362 11 List of stations using special means of identification HI 272 12 Radio-relay systems for television. Maintenance procedures IV 127 13 Radio-relay systems for telephony. C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R. Joint Working Party on cir IV 127 cuit noise 14 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred frequency bands and centre IV 128 frequencies for radio-relay links for international connections 15 Use of the 26 Mc/s broadcasting band V 201 16 Organizations qualified to take action on questions of sound recording V 201 17 Recording standards for the international exchange of programmes V 202 18 Technical standards for use in the frequency planning of amplitude-modulation sound V 202 broadcasting 19 Transmission of monochrome and colour television over long distances ' V 249 20 Publication of the “ codes and abbreviations for the international telecommunication III 180 services ” published by the International Telecommunication Union 21 Emergency position-indicating radio beacons III 185 — 130 —

RESOLUTIONS

No. Title Vol. Page 1 Optimum use of the radio-frequency spectrum Ill 111 2 Tropospheric propagation data for broadcasting, space and point-to-point communi II 230 cations 3 Influence of the non-ionized atmosphere on wave propagation II 232 4 Dissemination of basic indices for ionospheric propagation II 337 5 Improvement in the network of ionospheric-sounding stations II 340 6 Use of satellite-borne ionosondes in orbits above the F2-peak (topside sounders) for II 341 the study of ionospheric propagation 7 Sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss at frequencies between the approxi II 344 mate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 8 Revision of atmospheric radio-noise data II 346 9 World distribution and characteristics of atmospheric radio-noise II 347 10 Basic long-term ionospheric predictions II 349 11 Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation II 351 12 Long-distance sky-wave propagation for frequencies between 150 kc/s and 1500 kc/s II 359 13 Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below 150 kc/s II 360 14 Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions III 216 15 Extension of the international monitoring system to a world-wide scale III 271 16 Identification of sources of interference to radio reception III 272 17 Signal amplitudes in individual channels of multi-channel telephone systems IV 130 18 Information required on the transmission characteristics of line systems for use in the IV 130 design of radio-relay systems 19 Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime mobile radiotelephone III 180 service 20 Characteristics of equipments and principles governing the allocation of channels in III 184 the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) land mobile services 21 Terms and definitions I 241 22 Coordination of the work of the C.C.I.R. and of other organizations on unification I 245 of means of expression 23 General graphical symbols for telecommunication I 246 24 Organization of C.C.I.R. work and reduction of preparatory documentation VI 91 25 I.T.U. Technical Assistance VI 94 26 Technical apparatus VI 95 27 Bibliographies annexed to C.C.I.R. texts VI 95 28 C.C.I.R. texts to be presented to the E.A.R.C., Geneva, 1963 VI 96 29 Technical Cooperation VI 96 —- 131 —

QUESTIONS

No.* Title Vo). Page 3 (III) Revision of Atlantic City Recommendation No. 4 Ill 112 23 (X) High-frequency broadcasting. Directional antenna systems V 204 43 (III) Voice-frequency telegraphy on radio circuits III 117 66 (X) Television recording V 205 74 (III) Arrangement of channels in multi-channel telegraph systems for long range III 118 radio circuits operating on frequencies below about 30 Mc/s 81 (III) Directivity of antennae at great distances 111 118 95 (III) Transmission of half-tone pictures over radio circuits III 121 102 (XII) Interference in the bands shared with broadcasting V 235 118 (XI) Colour television standards V 221 120 (XI) Exchange of television programmes V 223 121 (CMTT) Transmission of monochrome and colour television signals over long dist V 249 ances 132 (III) Radio-relay systems employing ionospheric-scatter propagation III 121 133 (III) Communication theory III 122 140 (VII) Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions III 216 152 (XI) Assessment of the quality of television pictures V 224 153 (XI) Resolving power and differential sensitivity of the human eye V 225 154 (XII) Best method for calculating the field-strength produced by a tropical V 240 broadacsting transmitter 156 (XII) Design of transmitting antennae for tropical broadcasting V 241 157 (XII) Fading allowances for tropical broadcasting V 241 163 (XIII) Characteristics of equipments and principles governing the allocation of III 183 channels in the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) land mobile services 166 (CMTT) Single value of signal-to-noise ratio for different television systems V 250 175 (II) Usable sensitivity of radio receivers in the presence of quasi-impulsive inter I 210 ference 176 (II) Spurious emissions from receivers excluding sound-broadcast and television I 211 177 (II) Distortion in frequency-modulation receivers due to multipath propagation I 211 180 (III) Use of intermittent communication in radiotelegraphy III 124 181 (III) Influence on long-distance high-frequency communication using frequency- III 124 shift keying of frequency deviations associated with passage through the ionosphere 182 (III) Frequency stability required for single-sideband, independent-sideband and III 125 telegraph systems to make the use of automatic frequency control super fluous 183 (III) Frequency-shift keying ' III 125 185 (V) Propagation data required for radio-relay systems II 219 188 (VIII) Monitoring at fixed monitoring stations of radio emissions from spacecraft III 273 191 (VIII) Visual monitoring of the radio-frequency spectrum III 274 192 (IX) Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiple* IV 131 193 (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Hypothetical reference IV 132 circuits and circuit noise 194 (IX) Radio-relay systems for television. Preferred characteristics for the transmis IV 133 sion of monochrome television 195 (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Service channels IV 134 197 (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Transmission interruptions IV 136 199 (X) Stereophonic broadcasting V 205 200 (X)' Stereophonic recording for broadcasting V 207 — 132 —

No. Title Vol. Page 205 (X) Compatible single-sideband (CSSB) transmission for amplitude-modulation V 207 sound broadcasting services 206 (XIII) Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s band III 185 207 (I) Classification of emissions I 97 219 (I) Compression of the radiotelephone signal spectrum in the HF bands I 98 220 (I) Compression of the radiotelegraph signal spectrum in the HF bands I 99 221 (IX) Protection ratios for the operation of communication services within the chan IV 136 nels of a broadcasting service 222 (CMTT) Standards of transmission quality for television circuits substantially longer V 252 than 2500 km 225 (II) Diversity reception under conditions of multipath propagation I 212 226 (VIII) Monitoring of sweeping-type pulse emissions III 275 227 (I) Limitation of radiation from industrial, scientific and medical installations I 106 and other kinds of electrical equipment 228 (II) Sensitivity and noise factor I 213 229 (II) Selectivity of receivers I 214 230 (II) Tuning stability of receivers I 215 .231 (II) Assessment of stability of a receiver I 216 232 (III) Facsimile transmission of documentary matter over combined radio and III 127 metallic circuits 233 (III) Use of common-frequency systems on international radiotelephone circuits III 128 234 (IV) Antennae for space systems IV 346 235 (IV) Technical characteristics of communication-satellite systems IV 347 236 (IV) Sharing of radio-frequency bands by links between earth stations and space IV 351 craft 237 (IV) Technical characteristics of links between earth stations and spacecraft IV 352 238 (IV) Active communication-satellite systems for frequency-division multiplex IV 353 telephony. Transmission characteristics of audio channels 239 (IV) Effects of plasma on communications with spacecraft IV 354 240 (IV) Time delay, echoes and switching discontinuities in communication-satellite IV 355 systems 241 (IV) Feasibility of direct sound and television broadcasting from satellites IV 356 242 (IV) Technical characteristics of radionavigation-satellite systems IV 356 243 (IV) Radiocommunication for meteorological-satellite systems IV 357 244 (IV) Radioastronomy IV 358 245 (IV) Radar astronomy IV 359 246 (V) Ground-wave propagation II 222 247 (VI) Choice of basic indices for ionospheric propagation II 338 248 (VI) Special problems of HF radiocommunication associated with the equatorial II 353 ionosphere 249 (VII) Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions in additional frequency bands III 218 250 (VII) Stability of standard-frequency and time-signal emissions as received III 219 251 (VII) Standardization of timing codes III 221 252 (VIII) Frequency measurements at monitoring stations III 275 253 (VIII) Expeditious method of determining field-strength in the international moni III 276 toring system 254 (VIII) Direction-finding at monitoring stations III 276 — 133 —

No. Title Vol. Page 255 (VIII) Automatic monitoring of occupancy of the radio-frequency spectrum Ill 277 256 (VIII) Identification of radio stations III 278 257 (VIII) Identification of sources of interference to radio reception III 278 258 (VIII) Antennae for monitoring stations III 279 259 (VIII) Types and methods of assistance by monitoring stations to the operation of III 280 various radio services 260 (IX) Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems IV 137 261 (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics IV 139 for the transmission of colour television and the simultaneous transmission of colour television and other signals 262 (X) Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting. Protection ratios V 209 263 (X) Amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting. Reception of the sky-wave signal V 210 264 (X) Low and medium-frequency broadcasting. High-efficiency transmitting V 211 antennae 265 (X) Simultaneous transmission of two sound channels in television V 211 266 (X) Recording of television signals on magnetic tape V 212 267 (XI) Ratio of the wanted-to-unwanted signal in television V 226 268 (XII) Determination of the effects of atmospheric noise on the grade of reception V 242 in the tropical zone 269 (CMTT) Definition of hypothetical reference circuits for television. For application V 252 to real circuits longer than 2500 km 270 (CMTT) Time differences between the sound and vision components of a television V 253 signal 271 (XIII) Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime mobile radio III 181 telephone service 272 (XIII) Signal-to-interference protection ratios and minimum field-strengths required III 186 in the mobile services 273 (XIII) Use of classes of emission A2H and A3H on the distress frequencies 500 kc/s III 187 and 2182 kc/s respectively 274 (XIII) Facsimile transmission of meteorological charts for reception by ships III 188 275 (VIII) Monitoring services in the new and developing countries III 282 276 (IX) Characteristics of simple VHF or UHF radio equipment for use on trunk IV 140 connections in the new and developing countries 277 (IX) Simple single-channel radiotelephone equipment IV 141 278 (IX) Two-channel time-diversity telegraph systems for use on radio-relay links IV 142 279 (IX) Transmission planning for radio-relay systems in the new and developing IV 142 countries 280 (III)* Use of directional antennae in the bands between 4 and 27-5 Mc/s. Limitation 111 128 of radiation outside the direction necessary for the service 281 (III)* Automatic control of the output power of HF transmitters III 129 282 (XIII)* Use of a control tone for automatic gain control of receivers in single-sideband III 189 radiotelephone systems in the HF maritime mobile bands

* These questions were submitted to the C.C.I.R. by the I.F.R.B. after the closing of the Xth Plenary Assembly, in accordance with Article 13, § 2 (1), No. 180 of the International Telecommunication Convention, Geneva, 1959. — 134 —

STUDY PROGRAMMES (a) Derived from Questions under study

No.- Title • Vol. Page 3A (III) Factors affecting the quality of performance of complete systems of the fixed III 113 services. Signal-to-noise and signal-to-interference protection ratios for fading signals, bandwidth and adjacent channel spacing 3B (III) Radiotelegraph circuits used in automatic switched networks III 116 23A (X) High-frequency broadcasting. Directional antenna systems V 205 43A (III) Voice-frequency (carrier) telegraphy on radio circuits III 117 81A (III) Improvement obtainable from the use of directional antennae III 119 81B (III) Directivity of antennae for fixed services using ionospheric-scatter propaga- III 120 tion 102A (XII) Short-distance high-frequency broadcasting in the tropical zone (tropical V 236 broadcasting) 102B (XII) Interference in the frequency bands used for tropical broadcasting V 238 102C (XII) Interference in the bands shared with broadcasting V 239 118A (XI) Standards for video colour television signals V 222 118B (XI) Standards for radiated colour television signals V 222 118C (XI) Constitution of a system of stereoscopic television V 222 121A(CMTT)Automatic remote monitoring of fundamental qualitative parameters of V 250 television chains 133A (III) Communication theory III 122 140A (VII) Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions III 217 MOB (VII) Single-sideband operation for the standard-frequency and time-signal service III 218 152A (XI) Subjective assessment of the quality of television pictures V 224 166A(CMTT)Single value of the signal-to-noise ratio for different television systems V 251 183 A (III) Frequency-shift keying III 126 183B (III) Four-frequency diplex systems . Ill 127 185A (V) Propagation data required for line-of-sight radio-relay systems II 220 185B (V) Propagation data required for beyond-the-horizon radio-relay systems II 221 192A (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Systems of a capacity IV 131 greater than 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent 193 A (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Noise tolerable during very IV 132 short periods of time 194A (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics IV 133 for the transmission of more than one sound channel 195A (IX) Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred characteristics IV 135 for auxiliary radio-relay systems for the provision of service channels 199A (X) Stereophonic broadcasting.' Standards for compatible systems in sound and V 206 television broadcasting 205A (X) Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting services. Compatible single-side- V 208 band (CSSB) transmission 227A (I) Limitation of unwanted radiation from industrial installations I 107 227B (I) Examination of results obtained by the International Special Committee on I 108 Radio Interference 227C (I) Protection of radiocommunication equipment from interference by industrial, I 109 scientific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment 23 5A (IV) Feasibility of frequency sharing between communication-satellite systems IV 348 and terrestrial radio services 235B (IV) Frequency sharing between communication-satellite systems and terrestrial IV 349 . radio services. Wanted-to-unwanted signal ratios — 135 —

No. Title Vol. Page 235C (IV) Communication-satellite systems. Feasibility of frequency sharing among IV 349 communication-satellite systems 235D (IV) Study of preferred modulation characteristics for communication-satellite IV 350 systems 235E (IV) Factors affecting freedom of access in communication-satellite systems IV 351 239A (IV) Frequency bands for re-entry communications IV 354 243A (IV) Radiocommunication aspects of meteorological-satellite systems IV 357 246A (V) Effects of tropospheric refraction at frequencies below 10 Mc/s II 223 246B (V) Ground-wave propagation over inhomogeneous earth II 223 249A (VII) Standard-frequency and time-signal emissions from artificial earth-satellites III 219 250A (VII) Frequency spectrum conservation for high precision time-signals III 220 250B (VII) Instability of standard-frequency generators III 220 260A (IX) Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Radio-frequency channel arrange IV 137 ments 260B (IX) Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Diversity techniques IV 139 262A (X) Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting. Protection ratios. Objective V 210 two-signal methods of measurements 266A (X) Recording of television signals on magnetic tape V 212 267A (XI) Ratio of the wanted-to-the-unwanted signal in television. Use of the offset V 226 method, when there are great differences between the carrier-frequencies of the interfering stations 271A (XIII) Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime mobile radio III 182 telephone services

(b) Not derived from any Question under study 36 (XI) Conversion of a television signal from one standard to another V 227 57 (V) Investigation of multipath transmission through the troposphere II 224 102 (VIII) Field-strength measurements at monitoring stations III 280 110 (XI) Distortion of television signals due to the use of vestigial-sideband transmis V 227 sion 119 (XI) Reduction of the channel capacity required for a television signal V 228 127 (II) Protection against keyed interfering signals I 216 139 (V) Radio transmission utilizing inhomogeneities in the troposphere (commonly II 225 termed “ scattering ”) 148 (VI) Study of fading II 363 153 (VI) Measurement of man-made radio-noise II 354 161 (X) Standards of sound recording for the international exchange of programmes V 203 162 (X) Measurement of audio noise for broadcasting and in sound recording systems V 203 170 (XII) Specifications for low-cost sound broadcasting receivers V 242 176 (V) Fading of signals propagated by the troposphere II 226 177 (XI) Insertion of special signals in the field-blanking interval of a television signal V 228 180 (I) Methods of measuring emitted spectra in actual traffic I 100 181 (I) Spectra and bandwidths of emissions I 100 182 (I) Spurious radiation (of an emission) I 103 183 (I) Frequency stabilization of transmitters I 104 184 (I) Frequency tolerance of transmitters 105 185 (II) Typical receivers I 218 — 136 —

No. Title Vol. Page 186 (III) Efficiency factor Ill 130 187 (III) Identification of the carrier frequency relative to the assigned frequency of an III 131 emission 188 (V) Influence of irregular terrain on tropospheric propagation II 227 189 (V) VHF and UHF propagation curves in the frequency range 40 Mc/s to 1 Gc/s. II 228 Broadcasting and mobile services 190 (V) Tropospheric propagation factors affecting the sharing of the radio-frequency II 229 spectrum between radio-relay systems, including space and terrestrial tele communication systems 191 (V) Tropospheric absorption and refraction in relation to space telecommunica II 231 tion systems 192 (V) Influence of the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere on wave propagation II 233 193 (VI) Prediction of solar index II 339 194 (VI) Identification of precursors indicative of short-term variations of ionospheric II 339 propagation conditions and methods for describing ionospheric disturbances and the performance of radio circuits 195 (VI) Propagation by way of sporadic-E and other anomalous ionization in the E- II 342 and F-regions of the ionosphere 196 (VI) Intermittent communication by meteor-burst propagation II 343 197 (VI) Pulse transmission tests at oblique incidence II 343 198 (VI) Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss for frequencies II 346 between the approximate limits of 1 -5 and 40 Mc/s 199 (VI) Measurement of atmospheric radio-noise II 348 200 (VI) Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation II 351 201 (VI) Whistler mode of propagation II 354 202 (VI) Ionospheric-scatter propagation II 355 203 (VI) Back-scattering II 356 204 (VI) Characteristics of the ionosphere affecting space telecommunication systems II 357 205 (VI) Effects of radio-noise in space on communications with spacecraft II 358 206 (VI) Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below 1500 kc/s II 361 207 (VIII) Bandwidth measurements by monitoring stations III 281 LIST OF DOCUMENTS OF THE Xth PLENARY ASSEMBLY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAGE LAISSEE EN BLANC INTENTIONNELLEMENT — 139 —

LIST OF DOCUMENTS (WHITE)

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 1 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group I I Study Group I (Col. J. Lochard) 2 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group II — II Study Group II (Mr. P. David) 3 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group III III (and Study Group III (Dr. H.C.A. van Duuren) Corr. 1 to Annex 3/13) 4 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group IV — IV Study Group IV (Prof. I. Ranzi) 5 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group V — V Study Group V (Dr. R.L. Smith-Rose) 6 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group VI — VI Study Group VI (Mr. D.K. Bailey) 7 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group VII — VII Study Group VII (Mr. B. Decaux) 8 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group VIII — VIII Study Group VIII (Mr. G.S. Turner) 9 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group IX — IX Study Group IX (Mr. E.O. Dietrich) 10 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group X — X Study Group X (Mr. A. Prose Walker) 11 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group XI — XI Study Group XI (Mr. E. Esping) 12 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group XII — XII Study Group XII (Mr. A.C. Ramchandani) 13 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group XIII — XIII Study Group XIII (Mr. G.H.M. Gleadle) 14 Chairman, Report by Chairman of Study Group XIV — XIV Study Group XIV (Mr. R. Villeneuve) 15 Chairman, C.M.T.T. Report by Chairman of C.M.T.T. — C.M.T.T. (Prof. Y. Angel) 16 Director, C.C.I.R. Report by Director, C.C.I.R. — — (and Add. 1, 2) (Dr. E. Metzler) 17 United Kingdom Revision of Recommendation 277. Radio- Q. 194 IX relay systems for television. Pre-emphasis characteristics for frequency-modulation systems 18 Belgium Interference caused to FM reception by II and AM and FM VHF mobile stations XIII 19 Belgium Protection for television in the shared Draft Rep. XI bands. Protection against radionavigation transmitters operating in the band 582 to 606 Mc/s. 20 Director, C.C.I.R. Note by the Director, C.C.I.R. C.C.I.T.T. IV (Subscribers’ tolerance of echoes) Q. 6/XII 21 I.F.R.B. Proposed amendment to Draft Recom VII mendation on standard-frequency transmissions and time signals “ 22 United States of America Frequency tolerance of transmitters S.P. 169 I — 140 —

No. Submitted by. Title Subject Study Group 23 United States of America Draft amendment to Recommendation 228. Rec. 228 I Definition of the characteristics of a single sideband emission 24 United States of America Radio spectrum requirements for Draft Rep. IV meteorological satellites 25 , United States of America Technical characteristics of meteorological Draft Q. IV satellite systems 26 United States of America Frequencies suitable for meteorological Draft Rec. IV satellites 27 United States of America Use of earth satellites for terrestrial Draft Rec. IV navigation Q. 209 28 United States of America Types and methods of assistance by Draft Q. VIII monitoring stations to the operation of various radio services 29 United States of America Technical characteristics of communication Draft Rep. IV systems using earth satellites Q. 209 30 United States of America Data on traffic loading and routing for use Draft Res. IV (and Rev.) in developing communication satellite sys tem facilities 31 United States of America Active earth satellite communication Rev. of IV systems for monochrome television. Form Ann. 4/18 of the hypothetical reference circuits; the video bandwidth and permissible noise level 32 United States of America Active earth satellite communication Rev. of IV systems for monochrome television. Video Ann. 4/6 bandwidth and permissible noise in the hypothetical reference circuit 33 United States of America Active communication satellite systems for Rev. of IV multiplex telephony and monochrome Ann. 4/3 television. Hypothetical reference circuit and 4/5 for intercontinental systems 34 United States of America Active communication satellite systems for Rev. of IV multiplex telephony. Allowable noise power Ann. 4/4 in the hypothetical reference circuit 35 United States of America Active communication satellite systems for Rev. of IV multiplex telephony. Hypothetical reference Ann. 4/16 circuit and allowable noise standards 36 United States of America Factors affecting freedom of access in the Draft Rep. IV communication satellite service S.P. 178 37 United States of America Technical characteristics of earth-space Draft Rep. IV telecommunication links for research Q. 211 38 United States of America Interference considerations for deep-space Draft Rep. IV research telecommunication links Q. 210, 211 and 217 39 United States of America Deep-space research telecommunications Draft Rec. IV links Q. 210, 211 and 217 40 United States of America Interference considerations for near-earth Draft Rep. IV research satellite telecommunication links Q. 210, 211 and 217 — 141 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 41 United States of America Near-earth research satellite telecommuni Draft Rec. IV cation links Q. 210, 211 and 217 42 United States of America Tracking, telemetry and telecommand Draft Rep. IV functions of operational active commu Q. 209 nications satellites 43 United States of America Tracking, telemetry and telecommand Draft Rec. IV functions for operational active commu Q. 209 nications satellites 44 United Kingdom Classification and designation of types of Draft Rep. I emission Q. 207 45 United States of America Space bands for re-entry communications Draft S.P. IV Draft Rec. 46 United States of America Space bands for re-entry communications Q. 212 IV (Ann. 4/22) 47 United States of America Factors affecting the selection of frequencies Rev. of IV for telecommunications with space vehicles Ann. 4/22 re-entering the earth’s atmosphere Q. 212 48 United States of America Feasibility of direct broadcasting from Q. 215 IV earth satellites; sharing considerations 49 United States of America Method for calculating interference between Q. 215 IV stations in the communication satellite S.P. 174 service and radio-relay systems in the fixed service 50 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 1 to 50) 51 United States of America Communication satellite systems sharing Draft Rec. IV the same frequ ncy bands as line-of-sight radio-relay systems 52 United States of America Active communication satellite service Draft Rec. IV systems Q. 210 S.P. 174 53 United States of America Interference from all co-channel radio-relay Draft Rep. IV transmitters to a satellite receiver Q. 214 S.P. 174 54 United States of America Interference from several satellite Draft Rep. IV (and Corr. 1) transmitters to the several receivers of a Q. 210 radio-relay system 55 United States of America Frequency sharing between co-channel Draft Rep. IV (and Corr. 1) satellite communication systems Q. 209 and 214 S.P. 174 56 United States of America Control of eclipse interference between Draft Rec. IV co-channel satellite communication systems Q. 209 and 214 S.P. 174 57 France Use of identificatiop signals in test-lines S.P. 177 XI 58 France Exchanf e of television programmes. Q. 120 XI Characteris ics of an international 625-line Rep. 124 video frequency signal 59 United States of America Radar astronomy Draft Q. IV 60 United States of America Line frequencies or bands arising from Draft Rep. IV (and Corr. 1) natural phenomena in the frequency range Q. 218 30 Gc/s to 300 Gc/s of interest to radioastronomy and related sciences — 142 —

N No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 61 United States of America The possibility of sharing between radio- Draft Rep. IV (and Corr. 1) astronomy and other services Q. 214 and 218 62 United States of America Signal levels of harmful interference to the Draft Rep. IV radioastronomy service Q. 218 63 C.I.R.M. Frequency tolerances of marine transmitters S.P. 169 I 64 United Kingdom Definition of “emission”, “radiation” and Q. 207, (§4) I “transmission” 65 United Kingdom Radio-relay systems for telephony and S.P. 157 IX television 66 United Kingdom Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 185 (V) V and IX telephony Q. 192 (IX) 67 United Kingdom Radio-relay systems for television and S.P. 157 IX telephony 68 United Kingdom Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 192 IX telephony 69 United Kingdom C.C.I.R. Document IX/100 (Paris, 1962) (Ann. 9/11) IX 70 United States of America Meteorological satellites “Nimbus” Draft Rep. IV 71 United States of America Use of earth satellites for terrestrial — IV navigation 72 United States of America Interference from communication satellites Q. 214 IV to terrestrial radio-relay receivers S.P. 174 73 United States of America Radio-relay systems employing troposphe Draft Rep. IX ric-scatter propagation Q. 196 74 United States of America Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rep/ IX frequency-division multiplex Q. 192 75 United States of America Frequency sharing between communication Doc. IV/79 IV and satellite systems and terrestrial radio (Rev.) IX services Ann. I and II 76 United States of America Frequency sharing between communication Doc. IV/79 IV and satellite systems and terrestrial radio (Rev.) IX services Ann. I and II 77 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Frequency tolerance of transmitters Circ. AC/60 I (and Add. 1) 78 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Extension of the tolerances for spurious Circ. AC/60 I radiation fixed by Appendix 4 of the Radio Regulations to fundamental frequencies above 235 Mc/s 79 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 IV systems for frequency-division multiplex S.P. 174 telephony 80 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 IV systems for monochrome television S.P. 174 81 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 IV systems for frequency-division multiplex S.P. 174 telephony and monochrome television 82 United Kingdom Time delays and switching discontinuities Q. 223 IV in satellite communication systems 83 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 223 IV systems for television 84 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite systems for Q. 209 IV radionavigation — 143 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 85 United Kingdom Applications of earth satellites for the Q. 209 IV terrestrial radio navigation service 86 C.C.I.R. Power of emissions Circ. G.I/204 I (and Add. 1) and 207 87 India Determination of noise level for tropical Q. 155 XII broadcasting Rep. 120 88 Netherlands The use of radio-circuits in association Rec. 242 III with 5-unit start-stop telegraph apparatus Rep. 108 89 Sub-Group VI-A Choice of basic indices for ionospheric Draft Rep. VI (and Corr. 1) , propagation Rep. 162 90 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Antenna diagrams X 91 United States of America Report on figures of merit for radio Draft Rep. II and IV receiving systems in the presence of noise Q. 172 (II) or unwanted-signal interference and the concepts of operating noise-factor and operating noise-temperature 92 India An investigation into the errors in the S.P. 109 X indicated programme-level, as measured in relation to the true peak value, arising from the use of existing equipment 93 India An investigation of the possibility of S.P.161 . X adopting a speed of 9*5 mm/s (3*75 in./s) for the international exchange of program mes on magnetic tape; and determination of the standards to be applied, especially the reproducing characteristics 94 India Determination of the protection required Q. 102 (XII) Xand for a broadcast signal in the presence of S.P. 167 XII interference (XII) Q. 203 (X) 95 India Ionospheric absorption at Delhi S.P. 145 VI 96 India Observation of scatter-echoes S.P. 152 Vi on high-power pulsed transmissions 97 India Best method for calculating the field- Draft Rep. XII strength produced by a tropical broad Q. 154 casting transmitter Rep. 128 98 India Best method for calculating the field- Q. 154 (XII) VI and strength produced by a tropical broad S.P. 144 (VI) XII casting transmitter 99 India Study of fading S.P. 148 VI 100 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 51 to 100) — — 101 India Identification on precursors indicative of S.P. 93 VI short-term variations of ionospheric propagation conditions 102 France Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Draft S.P. IX scatter propagation. Diversity reception Q. 196 103 France Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Q. 196 IX scatter propagation. Calculation of the Rec. 287 mean noise power in frequency-modulation trans-horizon radio-relay systems 104 Japan Measurement of S-values at monitoring Q. 189 VIII stations -— 144 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 105 India Design and performance of VHF receiving II and IV equipment for reception of extremely weak signals of solar and galactic origin in the metre wavelength region 106 I.U.C.A.F. Recommendation I Radio- IV astronomy 107 I.U.C.A.F. Recommendation II Radio- IV astronomy 108 United Kingdom Definition of right and left-handed IV and elliptically or circularly polarized electro XIV magnetic'waves 109 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 213 IV systems for telegraphy, phototelegraphy and data transmission. The effects of transmission time delay and switching discontinuities

110 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 and IV systems. Baseband characteristics for 224 frequency-division multiplex telephony 111 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication and Q. 209 IV navigation systems. Preferred characteristics for telemetry, telecommand and tracking 112 United Kingdom Mutual interference between active earth- Q. 209 (IV) IV and IX satellite communication systems using S.P. 174 (IV) frequency modulation and terrestrial line- Q. 192 (IX) of-sight radio-relay systems sharing the 4 and 6 Gc/s bands. Derivation of necessary separation distances between satellite communication system ground-stations and line-of-sight radio-relay system stations' 113 United Kingdom Radio-frequency channelling arrangements Q. 209 IV for satellite communication systems sharing S.P. 178 frequency bands with line-of-sight radio relay systems 114 United Kingdom Comparison of methods for the calculation Q. 209 IV of interference between communication S.P. 174 and satellite space services (relay) and terrestrial 179 radio-relay services 115 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite “Telstar”: Preliminary Q. 209 and IV results at the United Kingdom ground 216 station, Goonhilly Downs, Cornwall S.P. 174 and 175 116 United Kingdom Mutual interference between active earth- Q. 192 (IX) IV and IX satellite communication systems and line- and 209 (IV) of-sight radio-relay systems sharing the 4 S.P. 174 (IV) and 6 Gc/s bands. Limitation of the trans mitter powers for satellite and line-of-sight radio-relay systems 117 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 IV systems. Consideration relating to the choice of orbit and type of satellite for a world wide satellite communication system 118 United Kingdom Use of radio circuits in association with Rep. 108 III 5-unit start-stop telegraph apparatus — 145 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 119 Netherlands Radio-relay systems for telephony using S.P. 158 IX frequency-division multiplex. Character istics of deep fades in microwave links 120 Federal Republic of Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s Q. 206 XIII Germany band 121 Netherlands Terms related to ARQ-systems Rec. 242 III and Res. 34 XIV 122 United Kingdom The use of automatic error-correction of S.P. 128 III telegraph signals transmitted over radio Rep. 108 circuits. Errors during automatic rephasing when using the system of Report 108 123 Federal Republic of Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 195 IX Germany telephony service channels S.P. 160 Rec. 295 124 Japan Comparison of the visibility of random Q. 166 (XI) C.M.T.T. noise in different television systems 125 Canada Single value of signal-to-noise ratio for Q. 166 (XI) C.M.T.T. different television systems. Video noise- S.P. 116 (XI) weighting Rec. 267 126 United Kingdom Active earth-satellite communication Q. 209 and C.M.T.T. (and Corr. 1) systems for television. The effects of 213 (IV) Doppler frequency shifts, transmission time-delays and switching discontinuities on monochrome television signals 127 India Determination of noise level for tropical Draft Rep. XII broadcasting Q. 155 Rep. 120 128 Sweden Transmission loss measurements on radio relay systems 129 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Bibliographic references in the Volumes of — I-XIV the C.C.I.R. 130 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Replies to Circular AC/65 Circ. AC/65 ' II (and Add. 1, 2) 131 Federal Republic of Radio-relay systems for television and S.P. 157 IX Germany telephony. Radio-relay systems with a capacity of 2700 channels. Measurements of phase distortion and selective fading when transmitting very broad frequency bands 132 Federal Republic of Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 192 IX Germany telephony. Radio-frequency channel arran- (Doc. IX/114) gements in the 8 Gc/s band 133 The Telephone Noise on telephone circuits more than C.C.I.T.T. IX Association of Canada 2500 km long (Response to C.C.I.T.T. Circ. 46 Question A/C (Sp. C/XV) 134 C.I.S.P.R. Modifications to C.I.S.P.R. Publications 1 Q. 75 I and 2 135 Sweden , Comparison between calculated and S.P. 137, 138 V measured attenuation for eleven scatter and 139 links 136 Canada Basic prediction information for iono- S.P. 149 VI spheric propagation Rep. 161 137 Japan Pre-emphasis characteristics for frequency Q. 194 IX modulation systems. Draft Revision of Rec. 277 Recommendation 277 — 146 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 138 Japan Radio-frequency channel arrangement for Q. 192 IX radio-relay systems operating in the 11 Gc/s band 139 Japan Radio-relay systems having a capacity Draft Rep. IX greater than 1800 voice channels, or the S.P. 157 equivalent 140 Federal Republic of Radio-relay systems for telephony and Q. 192 IX Germany television using frequency-division (Doc.IX/101) multiplex. Radio-frequency channel arran gements for radio-relay systems operating in the 11 Gc/s band 141 Belgium Interference to FM reception by emissions Q. 178 (II) II and from VHF (metric) mobile AM- and Q. 163 (XIII) XIII FM-stations 142 Federal Republic of Basic prediction information for iono- S.P. 149 VI Germany spheric propagation. Interpolation pro- (§ 3) blems relative to ionospheric predictions 143 Federal Republic of Radio-relay system for television and Q. 194 IX Germany telephony. Alternative use of a telephone S.P. 159 system for the transmission of up to six (Doc.IX/85) channels 144 Switzerland Unwanted radiation from industrial, Q. 75 I scientific and medical (ISM) installations. Typical values for ISM installations 145 India Proposal for rearrangement of C.C.I.R. Rearrange- texts ment of texts 146 Netherlands Performance of telegraph systems and Rec. 234 II and III receivers Rep. 105 147 Japan Studies on a time schedule of audio S.P. 155 VII modulation on standard-frequency and time signal transmissions 148 United States of America Factors affecting the possibility of Draft Rep. IV frequency sharing by radar astronomy Q. 210 with other services 149 United States of America Telecommunication links for manned Draft Rec. IV research space-vehicles Q. 210 and 211 150 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 101 to 150) 151 United States of America Antennae for monitoring stations Draft Q. '• VIII 152 United States of America Direction-finding at monitoring stations Draft Q. VIII 153 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Refinement of I.F.R.B. technical I, II, III, (and Corr. 1) standards V, VI, X, XII, XIII 154 Special Joint Study Group Radio-relay systems for telephony using Ann. 9/8 IX C (C.C.I.T..T./C.C.I.R.) frequency-division multiplex. Allowable noise in the hypothetical reference circuit 155 Special Joint Study Group Termination of Questions 111 and 112 Ann. 9/16 IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) and 9/17 156 Special Joint Study Group Radio-relay systems for telephony using Ann. 9/9 IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) frequency-division multiplex. Noise in real circuits . 157 Special Joint Study Group Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Ann. 9/14 IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R ) scatter propagation. Allowable noise power in the hypothetical reference circuit for telephony transmission — 147 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study. Group 158 Special Joint Study Group Radio-relay systems for telephony using Ann. 9/6 IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) frequency-division multiplex. Hypothetical and 9/7 reference circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of 12 to 60 telephone channels and of more than 60 telephone channels 159 Special Joint Study Group Observations on the method of noise Doc. IX/90 IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) measurement with a one-minute time (Rev.) constant 160 Special Joint Study Group Communication satellite systems sharing Doc. 51 IV and IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) the same frequency bands as line-of-sight radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel 161 Special Joint Study Group Noise limits for very long telephone IV and IX C (C.C.I.T.T./C.C.I.R.) circuits 162 India Atmospheric radio noise over tropical land S.P. 154 (VI) VI and XII masses Res. 51 Q. 155 (XII) 163 C.C.I.T.T. Working Party Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Report of IX scatter propagation C.C.I.T.T. Working Party 164 C.C.I.T.T. Working Party Effect of noise on telegraph transmission Report of III and IX C.C.I.T.T, Working Party 165 I.U.C.A.F. Allocation of space research frequencies — IV 166 Sweden Stereophonic broadcasting Q. 199 X 167 C.C.I.T.T. Time delay and echo. Contribution No. 31 Q. 6/XII IV Study Group XII of the C.C.I.T.T. C.C.I.T.T. 168 Italy Radio-relay system with capacity of 2700 S.P. 157 IX telephone channels or the equivalent. Inves (§2) tigation of the effects of multipath propa gation 169 Sweden Use of classes of emission A2H and A3H Draft Q. XIII on the distress frequencies 500 kc/s and 2182 kc/s respectively 170 U.S.S.R. Transmission of two independent television S.P. 119 XI programmes on a common channel without increase in bandwidth 171 Netherlands Specifications for low-cost sound broad S.P. 170 XII casting receivers 172 Netherlands Specification for low-cost broadcasting S.P. 170 XII receivers for community listening 173 C.C.I.T.T. Radio-relay systems using forward-scatter C.C.I.T.T. IX techniques Q. 11/XV 174 C.C.I.T.T. Radio-relay systems for television and Rec. 271 IX telephony. Simultaneous transmission by the same radio-frequency carrier baseband arrangements 175 C.C.I.T.T. Radio-relay systems for telephony using Rec. 269 IX frequency-division multiplex. Interconnec tion at baseband frequencies — 148 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 176 C.C.I.T.T. Radio-relay systems for television and C.C.I.T.T. IX telephony Q. 25/XV, 26/XV and 29/XV 177 Sweden Comparison of reception of classes of XIII emission A3H and A3 on receivers desig ned for A3 reception 178 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Transmission of facsimile and photo Rec. 243 III telegraph signals over radio circuits and 244 179 Federal Republic of Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s Q. 206 XIII Germany band 180 Japan Waveforms of special signals and their S.P. 177 XI points of insertion in the field blanking interval of a television signal 181 Japan Colour television system with separately S.P. 80 XI generated luminance signal 182 Sweden Local lightning flash counters Res. 51 VI 183 Sweden Practical experience with the C.C.I.R. Res. 51 VI lightning counter 184 United Kingdom Active earth satellite communication Q. 209 IV system. A comparative study of possible S.P. 175 methods of modulation 185 United Kingdom Terminology and definitions relating to IV space radiocommunications 186 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Supplementary information concerning IV radioastronomical observatories 187 C.C.I.T.T. Radio-relay systems for telephony using C.C.I.T.T. IX frequency-division multiplex. Measurement Q. 36/XV of performance with the help of a signal consisting of a continuous uniform spectrum 188 France Telecommunication by satellite relays. Q. 209 (§ 5) IV Measurements of intermodulation noise in S.P. 175 telephony. Choice of frequency deviation 189 France Telecommunication by satellite relays. Q.209 and IV- Variations in noise power 224 (§ 1) 190 France Telecommunication by relay satellites. Q. 209 and IV Fluctuations in the power of the wave ,224 received 191 C.C.I.R. Secretariat High-frequency directional antennae. Circ. AC/55 III, X, Replies to C.C.i.R. Circular AC/55 XII 192 United Kingdom Atlases of ground-wave propagation curves C.C.I.R. V for frequencies between 30 Mc/s and Atlas of 10 Gc/s propagation curves 193 United Kingdom Draft Study Programme to replace Study Draft S.P. V Programmes 137(V) and 140(V) 194 United Kingdom Tropospheric wave propagation curves for Draft Rec. V application to interference problems in the range 1 to 10 Gc/s 195 U.S.S.R. International vocabulary, terms in the Res. 62 XIV (and Add. 1) reliability theory for radio systems — 149 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 196 U.S.S.R. A method of calculating the statistical Q. 185 V distribution of the level of thermal noise in the channels of a line-of-sight radio relay system 197 U.S.S.R. Noise and sensitivity of receivers Q. 172 II (Doc. 11/38) 198 Radio-Suisse Study of sky-wave propagation at frequen- S.P. 144 and VI (and Corr. 1) cies between approximately 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 149 for the estimation of field-strength. Basic Doc. VI/33 prediction information for ionospheric (Rev.) and propagation. Meaning of MUF. Quality VI/118 (Rev.) index for radio circuits 199 I.B.T.O. Bandwidth for the transmission of video Q. 209 IV signals via a system of active earth satellites Ann. 4/5,4/6 200 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 150 to 200) — — 201 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Voice frequency telegraphy over radio Q. 43 Ill circuits 202 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Quality index and efficiency factor S.P. 132 III Rep. 42 203 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Telegraph distortion and error rate S.P. 132 III 204 E.B.U. Radio propagation at frequencies below S.P. 142 VI 1500 kc/s 205 E.B.U. Technical results of the tests on the service Q. 199 X area of the suppressed subcarrier stereo S.P. 163 phonic system 206 E.B.U. Admissible tolerances for the phase differ Q. 199 X ence between the signals in the left-hand S.P. 163 and right-hand channels in the stereophonic reproduction of sound 207 I.B.T.O. Depolarization in various types of terrain Rep. 122 V and in towns 208 I.B.T.O. Report on the study of propagation in S.P. 137,138 V Bands IV and V carried out by the Com and 140 munications Research Institute, Prague (Czechoslovak S.R.) and the Rundfunk- und Fernsehtechnisches Zentralamt, Kolberg 209 I.B.T.O. Study of long-wave and medium-wave S.P. 142 VI ionospheric propagation during night-time 210 I.B.T.O. Technical parameters of monochrome films Rec. 265 X intended for international exchange of television programmes (I.B.T.O. Recom mendation 14) 211 I.B.T.O. Draft I.B.T.O. Recommendation 3-III. S.P. 177 XI Basic parameters of test-line signals for international programme exchange 212 I.B.T.O. Selection of axes for the two components Q. 118 XI of colour signal 213 I.B.T.O. Experimental establishment of tolerances Q. 128 XI for level dependent phase 214 I.B.T.O. Experimental establishment of admissible Q. 118 XI phase tolerances for colour signals 215 I.B.T.O. I.B.T.O. Study Question 22-111. Methods Q. 121 C.M.T.T. of remote monitoring of the basic qualita tive parameters of television chains during transmission — 150 —

No. Submitted by ] Title Subject Study Group 216 United Kingdom Proposed amendments and corrections to Doc. 2 II Annexes of Doc. 2 (Report by Chairman of Study Group II) 217 Japan Annex 11/9 to Doc. 11 — XI 218 France Protection ratio for amplitude-modulation Q. 201 X (and Corr. 1) broadcasting 219 United Kingdom Draft amendment to Recommendation 278 Rec. 278 IX 220 United Kingdom Draft amendment to Recommendation 280 Rec. 280 IX 221 United Kingdom High frequency broadcasting-directional S.P. 106 X antenna systems 222 Australia Specification for radio equipment employed Res. 60 XIII in privately-operated land and harbour mobile radiotelephone services 223 Japan Stereophonic broadcasting standards for Q. 199 X compatible systems S.P. 163 224 Australia Active earth satellite communication Q. 209 IV systems for multichannel telephony 225 India Some observations in long distance HF Q. 181 III communication using FSK, due to passage through the ionosphere 226 •India A suggestion for increasing the speed of S.P. 86 III transmission of printed language on a teleprinter circuit by use of phonetic alphabet 227 India A suggestion for increasing the transmis S.P. 86 III sion rate in a teleprinter circuit without increasing the bandwidth and baud speed 228 India, Helical rhombics S.P. 130 III 229 Federal Republic of Selective calling devices for use in the S.P. 168 XIII Germany international VHF (metric) maritime mobile radiotelephone service 230 I.B.T.O. To the Chairman of C.C.I.R. Study Rep. 124 XI Group XI (Doc. XI/58) 231 France Beyond-the-horizon propagation curves in — V Africa 2^2 France Organization of the work of the C.C.I.R. — — 233 Australia Improvement obtainable from the use of S.P. 130 Ill directional antennae 234 Australia Proposed variations to Recommendation S.P. 128 III 242 235 United States of America Tests of maritime radiotelephone selective Q. 160, XIII calling devices S.P. 168, Rec. 257 and 258 236 India Measurement of atmospheric radio noise Rec. 315 VI, XII S.P. 154 (VI) Q. 155 (XII) 237 India Information regarding high frequency Circ. AC/55 III, X, directional antennae used by radiocommu XII nication services in India 238 U.S.S.R. VHF FM stereophonic broadcasting Q. 199 X (and Corr. 1 and Add. 1) S.P. 163 239 U.S.S.R. Draft amendment to Recommendation 272 Rec. 272 IX — 151 —

Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 240 I.M.C.O. Emergency position-indicating radio XIII beacons (Correspondencebetween I.M.C.O. and I.T.U.) 241 P.R. of Poland Typical monochrome television receivers Circ. AC/65 II, XI (and Corr. 1) Doc. 11/59 (Rev.) 242 Canada Active earth satellites for broadcasting Q.Q. 215215 IV 243 Canada Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 192 IX telephony Rec. 278 244 The Telephone Mutual interference possibilities between Draft Rep. IV Association of Canada communication satellite systems and radio relay systems 245 The Telephone Cessation of radio emissions from satellites Draft Rec. IV Association of Canada and other space vehicles Q. 208 246 The Telephone Radio-frequency channelling arrangements Draft Rec. IV Association of Canada for satellite communication systems sharing Q. 209 frequency bands with line-of-sight radio S.P. 174 relay systems 247 The Telephone Frequency sharing between communication Q. 209 and IV, IX Association of Canada satellite systems and terrestrial radio-relay 214 systems S.P. 174 and 179 248 The Telephone Time delay and noise on telephone con- Q. 209 and IV Association of Canada nections employing satellite communication 223 systems 249 The Telephone Computation of baseband interference S.P. 179 IV Association of Canada levels due to mutual interference between communication-satellite systems and radio relay systems 250 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 201 to 250) — — (Rev.) 251 Working Party on Terms used in space radio communication Draft Rep. IV definitions and terminology 252 France Terms used in space telecommunications IV, XIV 253 Study Group IX Calculation of noise in the overall hypo Draft Rep. IX thetical reference circuit for tropospheric- scatter systems 254 I.B.T.O. Automatic remote monitoring of funda Draft Q. XI, ■ mental qualitative indices of television C.M.T.T. chains 255 I.B.T.O. Automatic remote monitoring of funda Draft S.P. XI, mental qualitative indices of television C.M.T.T. chains 256 I.B.T.O. Method of automatic remote monitoring Draft Q. XI, and measurement of television chains (Doc. 254 C.M.T.T. and 255) 257 Canada Radio-relay systems for television and Q. 192 IX telephony. Radio-frequency channel arrangements for 600 to 960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 11 Gc/s band 258 Canada Requirements for the transmission of C.M.T.T. monochrome television signals over long distances. Modifications to Annex 15/1 to Doc. 15 — 152 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study ■ Group 259 P.R. of Poland Corrigendum to Doc. XIII/10. Technical Res. 60 XIII characteristics of the equipment used in Poland for the land mobile services 260 U.S.S.R. Data on standard-frequency and time- Rep. 166 VII signal transmissions for inclusion in the Draft Report in Annex 7/11 261 U.S.S.R. Bibliographical references for inclusion in Ann. 10/23 X Annex 10/23 to Doc. 10 262 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the inaugural meeting of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. 263 Czechoslovak S.R. Comments on Docs. VII/39 and VII/56 Q. 140 VII S.P. 155 Rep. 166 264 U.S.S.R. Clarification of Recommendation 234 Rec. 234 II 265 Study Group XIII Amendment to Recommendation 251 Rec. 251 XIII 266 E.B.U. The present position of standards Q. 120 XI conversion S.P. 36 267 E.B.U. Insertion of special signals in the field S.P. 177 XI blanking interval of a television signal 268 Italy The national situation on the measurement Rec. 239 II of spurious emissions from broadcast and television receivers 269 Italy Measurment of modulation levels in sound Ann. 10/16 X broadcasting Q. 151 S.P. 109 270 P.R. of Poland Note by the Administration of P.R. of Draft Rec. V Poland in reference to the draft recom Ann. 5/3 mendation “VHF and UHF propagation curves in the frequency range from 40 Mc/s to 1000 Mc/s” 271 U.R.S.I. Long-distance directivity of HF antennae Circ. AC/55 III, VI, X 272 Federal Republic of Corrigendum to Doc. VI/22. Study of sky- S.P. 144 VI Germany wave propagation on frequencies between, ( § 5) approximately 1-5 and 40 Mc/s for the estimation of field strength 273 I.F.R.B. Results of the special monitoring pro IFRB Circ. VII gramme for October, 1962 in the exclusive No. 51 standard-frequency service bands, and action being taken by the I.F.R.B. in attempting to clear these bands of out-of- band transmissions 274 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the first plenary meeting 275 Italy Remarks on Doc. 2 ^ Doc. 2 II 276 United States of America United States practice in the use of test S.P. 177 XI and reference signals in the vertical blank ing interval 277 Canada Sharing of the 1-10 Gc/s radio-frequency Q. 209 IV band between active satellite communi cation systems and terrestrial radio-relay systems 278 Study Group IV Summary reccord of the first meeting — IV 279 India Comments on Annex 12/1 and Annex 12/2 S.P. 170 XII 280 U.S.S.R., Ukrainian S.S.R. Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary Bielorussian S.S.R. Assembly of the C.C.I.R. — 153 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 281 United States of America Research manned space vehicle telecom Draft Rep. IV munication links Q. 210 and 211 282 Study Group X Summary record of the first meeting X 283 United Kingdom Tropospheri c propagati on factors affecting Draft S.P. V the sharing of the radio-frequency spectrum between radio-relay systems, including space and terrestrial1 telecommunications systems 284 Study Group VII Summary record of the first meeting VII 285 Study Group III Summary record of the first meeting III 286 Study Group V Summary record of the first meeting V 287 C.M.T.T. Summary record of the first meeting C.M.T.T. 288 Sub-Group IX-A Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Rec. IX telephony Q. 192 S.P. 121 289 Compania Dominipana Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rep. IX de Telefonos frequency division multiplex Q. 192 290 I.U.C.A.F. Radioastronomy Draft Rec. IV 291 I.U.C.A.F. Space research service Draft Rec. IV 292 Study Group II Summary record of the first meeting II 293 Drafting Committee Summary record of the first meeting 294 Study Group IX Definitions of hypothetical reference Draft Rec. IX circuits Q. 193 295 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Draft Rec. IX scatter propagation Q. 196 296 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems using tropospheric- Draft Rec. IX scatter propagation Q. 196 297 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems fpr telephony using Draft Rec. IX frequency-division multiplex Q. 193 298 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec. IX frequency-division multiplex Q. 193 299 Compania Dominicana Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec. IX de Telefonos frequency-division multiplex Q. 192 300 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 251 to 300) 301 Study Group I Summary record of the first meeting I 302 Study Group IX Summary record of the first meeting IX 303 Sub-Group VI-E Basic long-term ionospheric predictions Draft Res. VI 304 Study Group VI Summary record of the first meeting VI (and Rev.) 305 Study Group XIII Draft text submitted by S.G. XIII to the Draft Rec. XIII Drafting Committee. Amendment to Rec. 254 306 Study Group XIII Spurious emissions from frequency modu Draft Rec. XIII lated VHF (metric) maritime mobile Q. 161 equipment 307 Sub-Group IV-A Cessation of radio emissions fromsatellites Draft Rec. IV and other space vehicles Q. 208 308 Sub-Group IV-A Identification for radio emissions from Draft Rec. IV satellites and other space vehicles Q. 208 309 E.B.U. Choice of a standardized system of Q. 199 X stereophonic broadcasting on metric waves S.P. 163 310 Study Group XIII Summary record of the first meeting XIII — 154 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 311 Study Group VIII Identification of sources of interference to Draft Q. VIII (1st and 2nd Rev.) radio reception 312 Sub-Group IV-A Active earth satellite communication Draft Rep. IV systems for frequency-division multiplex Q. 209 telephony and monochrome television 313 Sub-Group IX-B Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec: IX frequency-division multiplex Q. 193 S.P. 158 314 Sub-Group IX-B Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec. IX using frequency-division multiplex Q. 193 S.P. 158 315 Sub-Group X-C Audio-frequency parameters for stereo Draft Rep. X (and Add. 1) phonic reproduction of sound S.P. 163 316 Working Group I-D Classification and designation of emissions Q. 207 I 317 Study Group I Measurement of spectra and bandwidths Draft Rec. I of emissions 318 Study Group I Addition to Report 96. Possibilities of Q. 133 reducing interference and of measuring S.P. (Ann. 1/8) I actual traffic spectra 319 Study Group I Addition to Report 97. Bandwidth of A1 S.P. (Ann. 1/8) I and FI telegraphic emissions. Evaluation of interference produced by these emissions 320 United States of America The sharing of frequencies between com Q. 210 IV munication satellite systems and terrestrial S.P. 174 radio systems 321 Study Group II Typical receivers Draft S.P. II 322 Study Group IV Factors affecting the selection of frequencies Draft Rep. IV for telecommunications with and between space vehicles 323 United States of America Experiments with “Telstar” satellite Q. 209, 216 IV and 224 S.P. 174 and 175 324 Sub-Group X-C Standards for frequency modulation Q. 150 X (and Rev.) sound broadcasting in the VHF (metric) band 325 Sub-Group X-C Simultaneous transmission of two sound Draft Q. X channels in television 326 Study Group VIII Summary record of the first meeting — VIII (and Corr. 1) 327 Study Group XI Summary record of the first meeting — XI 328 Sub-Group XII-A Draft Amendment to Report 127. Inter Q. 102 XII ference in the bands shared with broad S.P. 167 casting 329 Sub-Group IX-B Noise in circuits longer than 2500 km Draft Rep. IX (and Rev.) Q. 193 330 Study Group V Propagation data required for radio-relay Draft Rep. V systems S.P. (Ann. 5/5 and 5/6) 331 Study Group IV Terms and definitions relating to space Terminology IV (and Corr. 1, 2, 3) radiocommunication 332 Study Group V Summary record of the second meeting — V 333 Study Group IX Interconnection of radio-relay and line Draft Rec. IX (and Rev.) systems S.P. 28 Q. 96 334 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rep. IX frequency-division multiplex Q. 192 335 Sub-Group XII-A Interference in the bands shared with Rep. 127 XII broadcasting — 155 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 336 Sub-Group IV-A Data on traffic loading and routing for use Draft Res. IV in developing communication satellite system facilities 337 Sub-Group IV-A Active communication satellite systems for Draft Rec. IV multiplex telephony and monochrome Ann. 4/3 and television 4/5 338 Study-Group XIV Summary record of the first meeting XIV 339 Sub-Group IX-D Modifications to Annex 9/11 to Doc. 9 Ann. 9/11 IX 340 Sub-Group V-B Influence of irregular terrain on tropo Draft S.P. V spheric propagation Ann. 5/8 341 Sub-Group IV-C Effects of plasma on communications with Draft Q. IV space vehicles 342 Sub-Group IV-C Factors affecting the selection of frequencies Draft Rep. IV for telecommunications with space vehicles Ann. 4/22 re-entering the earth’s atmosphere 343 Sub-Group IV-C Space-bands for re-entry communications Draft Rec. IV 344 Sub-Group IV-C Space-bands for re-entry communications Draft S.P. IV 345 Study Group I Summary record of the second meeting — I 346 Chairman of the Xth Letter to the Chairmen of all C.C.I.R. — Plenary Assembly Study Groups. Organization of the work of the Drafting Committee 347 Republic of China Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary Doc. 280 Assembly of the C.C.I.R. 348 Study Group VI Identification of precursors indicative of Draft Rep. VI short-term variations and evaluation of Res. 45 reliability of short-term forecasts of iono spheric propagation conditions 349 Sub-Group IX-A Transhorizon radio-relay systems Draft Rev. IX of Rep. 136 S.P. 122 350 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 301 to 350) 351 Sub-Group IX-A Proposed revision of Recommendation 274 Rec. 274 IX 352 Sub-Group IX-A Proposed revision of Recommendation 303 Rec. 303 IX 353 Sub-Group IV-E Passive radioastronomy Q. 218 IV 354 Study Group XIII Interference level on the radiotelegraph Draft Rec. XIII distress frequency 355 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony and Draft Rec. IX television 356 Sub-Group V-C Tropospheric propagation factors affecting Draft S.P. V the sharing of the radio-frequency spectrum Ann. 5/11 between radio-relay systems, including space and terrestrial telecommunication systems 357 Study Group XII Summary record of the first meeting XII 358 Sub-Group I-B Cooperation with the International Special Draft Op. I Committee on radio interference — 156 —

No. Submitted by 1 Title Subject Study Group 359 Sub-Group I-B Determination of the maximum level of Draft Rep. I interference caused by industrial, scientific Q. (Ann. 1/9) and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment tolerable in com plete radio systems 360 Sub-Group I-B Limitation of radiation from industrial, Draft Q. I scientific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment 361 Study Group II Summary record of the second meeting — II 362 Study Group VIII Monitoring at fixed monitoring stations of Draft Rep. VIII radio transmissions from space vehicles ' Q. 188 363 Study Group III Telegraphic distorsion, quality index, Draft Rep. III error-rate, efficiency factor 364 Study Group III Factor affecting quality of performance of Draft Rep. III complete systems of the fixed services S.P. 128 365 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec. , IX (and Rev.) frequency-division multiplex Q. 192 366 Study Group IV Radioastronomy Draft Rep. IV Q. 218 367 Study Group XIII Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s Draft Rec. XIII band Q. 206 368 Study Group III Voice-frequency (carrier) telegraphy on Draft Rep. III radio circuits S.P. 129 369 Study Group III Amendment to Annex 3/5 to Doc. 3 Ann. 3/5 III 370 Sub-Group III-C Bibliographic references in the volumes of Doc. 129 III theC.C.I.R. Suggested answer to Doc. 129 371 C.M.T:T. Requirements for the transmission of colour Draft Rep. C.M.T.T. television signals over long distances 372 Study Group XII Performance specifications for low-cost Draft Rec. XII sound broadcasting receivers S.P. 170 373 Organization Committee Summary record of the first meeting — — 374 Sub-Group V-B Ground-wave propagation over inhomo- Draft Rep. V genous earth Ann. 5/18 375 Sub-Group IV-E Modifications to Docs. 59, 60, 61, 148, — IV (and Add. 1) 290, 353 and 366 376 Sub-Group V B Effects of tropospheric refraction on Draft Rep. V , frequencies below 10 Mc/s Ann. 5/13 377 P.R. of Bulgaria, Hunga Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary Doc. 280 -- rian P.R., Czechoslovak Assembly of the C.C.I.R. S.R. 378 Study Group IX Summary record of the second meeting — IX 379 Study Group VII Summary record of the second meeting — VII 380 Study Group IV Summary record of the second meeting — IV 381 Sub-Groups IX-A and Communication-satellite systems sharing Draft Rec. IX, IV (and IV-D the same frequency bands as line-of-sight Rev.) radio-relay systems 382 Sub-Group X-A Measurement of programme level in sound Draft Rep. X broadcasting Q. 151, S.P. 109 383 Sub-Group X-A Measurement of wow and flutter in recor Draft Rec. X ding equipment and in sound reproduction S.P. 161 Rep. 116 — 157 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 384 Sub-Group X-A Sound recording for the international Draft Rec. X exchange of programmes Q. 42 and 63 385 Study Group XIII Publication of the “Codes and abbreviations Draft Res. XIII for the international telecommunication services” published by the International Telecommunication Union 386 Study Group XIII Amendment to Report 92 Draft Rep. XIII 387 Study Group VI Summary record of the second meeting — VI 388 Sub-Group X-A Recording of monochrome television Draft Rep. X , signals on magnetic tape Q. 66 389 Roumanian P.R. Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary — — Assembly of the C.C.I.R. 390 Study Group XIII Facsimile transmission of meteorological Draft Q. XIII (and Rev.) charts for ships 391 Study Group XIII Signal-to-interference protection ratios and Draft Q. XIII minimum field-strengths required in the mobile services 392 Study Group XIII Use of classes of emission A2H and A3H Draft Q. XIII on the distress frequencies 500 kc/s and 2182 kc/s respectively 393 Study Group XIII Emergency positioning indicating radio Draft Res. XIII beacons 394 Working Group I-D Classification and designation of emissions Draft Op. I Q. 207 395 Study Groups I and XIV Draft Recommendation Q. 207 (I) i, x r (and Rev.) (§4) 396 Pakistan Technical cooperation activities of the — — C.C.I.R. 397 Sub-Group X-B Compatible single-sideband (CSSB) Draft S.P. X transmission for amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting services 398 Sub-Group X-B Compatible single-sideband transmission Draft Rep. X (CSSB) for amplitude-modulation sound Q. 205 broadcast services * 399 Sub-Group C.M.T.T.-D Automatic remote monitoring of funda Draft S.P. c .m : mental qualitative indices of television chains 400 . C.C,I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 351 to 400) — — 401 Sub-Group IV-D Line-of-sight radio-relay systems sharing Draft Rec. IV, L (and Rev.) the same frequency bands as the satellite receivers of active earth-satellite communi cation systems 402 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony and Draft Rec. IX television Q. 192 403 Study Group VII (Italy) Compatibility of European standard trans — VII missions on 5 Mc/s 404 Study Group VII Single-sideband operation for the standard Draft S.P. VII frequency and time-signal service 405 Study Group I Summary record of the third meeting — I 406 Study Group VIII Expeditious method of determining signal- Draft Q. VIII strength in the international monitoring system 407 Study Group VIII Direction-finding at monitoring stations Draft Q. VIII 408 Study Group XII Summary record of the second meeting — XII — 158 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 409 Study Group VIII Measurement of S-values at monitoring Draft Rep. VIII stations 410 Study Group VIII Bandwidth measurement by monitoring Draft Rep. VIII stations 411 Study Group VII Standard-frequency transmissions and time Draft Res. VII signals Q. 140 412 Sub-Group IV-A Technical characteristics of communication- Draft Q. IV satellite systems Q. 209 413 Sub-Group IV-A Active communication-satellite systems for Draft Rep. IV frequency-division multiplex telephony and monochrome television 414 Sub-Group IV-A Active communication-satellite systems for Draft Rec. IV frequency-division multiplex telephony 415 Sub-Group IV-A Active communication-satellite systems for Draft Rec. IV monochrome television 416 Sub-Group IX-C Radio-relay systems for television Draft Rec. IX Q. 194 417 Study Group III Summary record of the second meeting — III 418 Sub-Group IX-C Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Rep. IX (and Rev.) telephony. Preferred characteristics for the S.P. 159 transmission of more than one sound channel 419 Sub-Group IX-C Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Rep. IX telephony < S.P. 159 420 Study Group IV Note to the Chairman of the C.M.T.T. — IV 421 Sub-Group V-C Tropospheric propagation data for broad- Draft Res. V casting, space and point-to-point commu nications 422 Study Group XII Performance specifications for low-cost Draft Rec. XII sound broadcasting receivers for commu- S.P. 170 nity listening 423 Sub-Group IX-D Draft amendment to Recommendation 292 Rec. 292 IX 424 Sub-Group IX-D Amendments to Annex 9/12 to Doc. 9 Ann. 9/12 IX 425 Sub-Group IX-D Draft amendment to Recommendation 293 Rec. 293 IX 426 Sub-Group IX-D Amendments to Annex 9/10 to Doc. 9 Ann. 9/10 IX 427 Study Group VIII Identification of sources of interference to Draft Rep. VIII radio reception Q. (Doc. 311, 2nd Rev.) 428 Study Group VIII Identification of sources of interference to Draft Res. VIII radio reception Q. (Doc. 311, 2nd Rev.) 429 Study Group VIII List of stations using special identification Draft Res. VIII means 430 Sub-Group I-B Spurious radiation Draft S.P. I (and Rev.) 431 Sub-Group I-B Protection of radiocommunication equip- Draft S.P. I ment from interference by industrial, scien- Q. (Ann. 1/9) tific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment — 159 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 432 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony using Draft Rec. IX time-division multiplex Q. 193 S.P. 158 433 Sub-Group I-C Frequency stabilization of transmitters Draft Rep. S.P. (Ann. 1/7) 434 Sub-Group VI-B Long-distance ionospheric propagation Draft Rep. VI without intermediate ground reflection 435 Sub-Group VI-B Back-scattering Draft Rep. VI S.P. (Ann. 6/25) 436 Sub-Group VI-B Basic prediction information for ionosphe Draft Rep. VI ric propagation S.P. (Ann. 6/23) 437 Study Group V Summary record of the third meeting V 438 Study Group X Summary record of the second meeting X 439 Sub-Group IX-B Draft revision of Doc. 295 Doc. 295 IX 440 Study Group VIII Extension of the international monitoring Draft Res. VIII system to a world-wide scale 441 Study Group VIII Types and methods of assistance by moni Draft Q. VIII toring stations to the operation of various radio services 442 Study Group VIII Antennae for monitoring stations Draft Q. VIII 443 Study Group VIII Report of Sub-Group VIII-B to Study VIII Group VIII 444 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television Draft Rec. IX Q. 194 445 Study Group IV Telecommunication links for deep space Draft Rec. IV research 446 Working Group IV-B- 1 Interference considerations for deep-space Draft Rep. IV research telecommunication links Q.210,211,217 447 Sub-Group III-C Bandwidth and signal-to-noise ratios in Draft Rep. III complete systems S.P. 128 448 Sub-Group IX-B Trans-horizon radio-relay systems Draft Rep. IX (and Rev.) 449 Study Group XIII Summary record of the second meeting XIII 450 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 401 to 450) 451 Sub-Group X-C Stereophonic broadcasting for frequency- Draft Rec. modulated sound systems using a maximum Q. 199, frequency deviation of 75 kc/s S.P. 163 452 Sub-Group X-A Recording standards for the international Draft Rep. X exchange of television programmes Q. 66 Rec. 265 453 Sub-Group X-A Draft revision of Recommendations 264 Rec. 264 and X and 265 265 454 Sub-Group X-A Draft Resolution Draft Res. X 455 Study Group IX Addition to Doc. 2008 IX 456 Sub-Group X-B Protection ratios for amplitude-modulated Draft S.P. X sound broadcasting 457 Sub-Group X-B Presentation of the results of subjective / Draft Rec. Working Party X-B-l measurements on protection ratios for Q. (Ann. 10/9) amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting Q. (Ann. 10/10) Mod. (Ann. 10/6) 458 Sub-Group X-B Amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting Draft Q. X — 160 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 459 Sub-Groups IV-D Communication-satellite systems sharing Draft Rec. IV, IX and IX-A the same frequency bands as line-of-sight radio-relay systems 460 Study Group XIII Selective calling devices for use in the Draft Res. XIII international maritime mobile radiotele S.P. 168 phone service 461 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Specimens of bibliographic references — Drafting (and Add. 1) Comm. 462 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television' and Draft Rec. IX Rec. 273 telephony ' Q. 192 463 Sub-Group V-C Influence of the non-ionized atmosphere Draft Res. V on wave propagation 464 Study Group II Typical receivers Draft S.P. II (and Rev.) 465 Study Group VII Stabilized frequency transmissions and Draft Rep. VII (and Corr. 1) monitoring facilities in bands 4 and 5 Rec. (Ann. 7/2) Q. (Ann. 7/5) 466 Study Group VII Revised Tables I and II of Report 166 Rep. 166 VII (and Corr. 1) 1 467 Study Group VII Reduction of mutual interference between Draft Rep. VII standard-frequency and time-signal trans Q. 140 missions S.P. (Ann. 7/8) 468 Study Group IX Summary of the third meeting — IX 469 Sub-Group I-B Examination of results obtained by the Draft S.P. I International Special Committee on radio Q. (Ann. 1/9) interference 470 Sub-Group IV-A Feasibility of direct broadcasting from Draft Q. IV earth satellites Q. 215 471 Sub-Group I-C Frequency tolerance of transmitters Draft Rev. of I S.P. 169 472 Sub-Group I-C Frequency stabilization of transmitters Draft Rev. of I S.P. 125 473 Sub-Group IV-D The use of power density or power flux Q. 215 IV (United States of America) density criteria S.P. 174 474 Study Group VII Standard-frequencies and time signals Draft Rep. VII Q. 140 475 Sub-Group X-B High-frequency broadcasting. Directional Draft Rep. X antenna systems Rec. 80 S.P. 106 476 Study Group VI World distribution and characteristics of Draft Res. VI atmospheric radio noise 477 Sub-Group I-C Compression of the radiotelephone signal Draft Rep. I spectrum in the HF bands Q. 219 478 Sub-Group I-C Compression of the radiotelegraph signal Draft Rep. I spectrum in the HF bands Q. 220 479 Sub-Group III-B Automatic error-correcting system for Draft Rec. III, XIV (and Add. 1) telegraph signals transmitted over radio S.P. 128 links 480 Sub-Group III-B Radiotelegraph circuits used in automatic Draft S.P. III switched networks 481 Study Group IV Summary record of the third meeting — IV 482 Study Group XIII Amendment to Resolution 60 Draft Res. XIII — 161 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 483 Sub-Group X-B Directional antennae Draft Rec. X 484 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Rec. IX telephony S.P. 157 485 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for telephony and Draft Rep. IX (and Add. 1) television Q. 192 486 Study Group IX Proposed revision of Recommendation 303 Draft Rec. IX 487 Study Group IX Proposed revision of Recommendation 274 Draft Rec. IX 488 Sub-Group II-B Modifications to Annex 2/19 — . . II 489 Sub-Group II-B Response of broadcast and television Draft Rec. II receivers to impulsive and quasi-impulsive (Ann. 2/4) interference Q. 175 490 Sub-Group II-B Modifications to Annex 2/2 — II 491 Sub-Group II-B Modifications to Annex 2/1 — II 492 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems using the so-called Draft Rep. IX tropospheric-scatter mode of propagation S.P. 122 493 Study Group XIII Proposed revision of the documents of — XIII Study Group XIII 494 Sub-Group X-B Technical standards for use in the frequen Draft Res. X cy planning of amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting 495 Sub-Group X-B Protection ratios for amplitude-modulated Draft Rep. X sound broadcasting. Modification to Annex Q. (Ann. 10/9) 10/21 to Doc. 10 (Res. 497 of Adm. Council) 496 Chairman of the Xth Note by the Chairman concerning date and — — Plenary Assembly place of the Xlth P.A. 497 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Use of earth-satellites for terrestrial navi Draft Rep. IV gation Q. 209 498 Study Group V Influence of the non-ionized regions of the Draft Rep. V (and Add. 1) atmosphere on the propagation of waves S.P. (Ann. 5/10, 5/12) 499 Study Group VIII Field-strength measurements at monitoring Draft Rep. VIII stations S.P. 102 500 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 451 to 500) — — 501 Sub-Group Vl-C Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and Draft Rep. VI transmission loss between the approximate S.P. (Ann. 6/20) limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s S.P. 145 502 Study Group III Resolution in response to Recommenda Draft Res. III tions 2 and 3 to the C.C.I.R. adopted at Rec. 2 and 3 Geneva in 1959 by the Administrative to C.C.I.R. Radio Conference, Geneva, 1959. Opti mum use of the radio spectrum 503 Study Group XIII Selective calling devices for the interna Draft Rep. XIII tional mobile radiotelephone services . Q. 160 S.P. 168 Rec. 257 504 C.M.T.T. Summary record of the second meeting — C.M.l 505 Study Group XII Summary record of the third meeting XII 506 Sub-Group VI-C Systematic measurements of sky-wave field- Draft Rep. VI strength and transmission loss at frequencies S.P. (Ann. 6/20) between the approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 507 Study Group XIII Selective calling devices for use in the Draft Q. XIII international maritime mobile radio Q. 160 telephone services — 162 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 508 Study Group XIII Selective calling devices for use in the Draft S.P. XIII international maritime mobile radio S.P. 168 telephone services 509 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Telecommunication links for near-earth Draft Rec. IV research satellites 510 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Interference considerations for near-earth Draft Rep. IV research satellite telecommunication Q. 210, 211, 217 511 P.R. of Poland Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary — — Assembly of the C.C.I.R. 512 Study Group VI Summary record of the third meeting VI 513 Sub-Group VI-G Systematic sky-wave field-strength measu Rec. 317 VI rements on frequencies between the appro ximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 514 Sub-Group VI-G Radio propagation at frequencies below Draft Rep. VI 150 kc/s S.P. (Ann. 6/18) 515 C.M.T.T. Definition of the hypothetical reference Q. 269 C.M.T.T. circuits for television 516 Sub-Group II-B Assessment of stability of a receiver Draft Q. II 517 Sub-Group II-B Modifications to Annex 2/21 II 518 Study Group XIII Summary record of the third meeting XIII 519 Study Group VI Measurement of atmospheric radio noise Draft Rep. VI S.P. 154 520 Study Group V International Working Group under Resolu Report V (and Add. 1) tion 23.' Estimation of tropospheric wave transmission loss 521 Sub-Group I-E Power of radio transmitters Draft Rec. I 522 Sub Groups IV-D Communication-satellite systems sharing Draft Rec. IV, IX (and and IX-A the same frequency bands as line-of-sight Rev.) radio-relay systems 523 Study Group III Efficiency factor Draft S.P. III 524 Study Group III Frequency stability required for single Draft Rec. III sideband, independent-sideband and Q. 182 telegraph systems to make the use of auto matic frequency control superfluous 525 Study Group IX Summary record of the fourth meeting — IX 526 Study Group IV Summary record of the fourth meeting — IV 527 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Radiocommunications aspects of meteoro Draft S.P. IV logical satellite systems 528 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Radiocommunications for meteorological Draft Q. IV satellite systems 529 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Frequency requirements of radionavigation Draft Rec. IV systems using earth-satellites Q. 209 530 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Radiocommunications for meteorological Draft Rep. IV space satellite systems Q. (Doc. TEMP./164) S.P. (Doc. TEMP./165) 531 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Frequencies technically suitable for meteo Draft Rec. IV rological satellites 532 Sub-Group IV-B-2 Technical characteristics of navigation Draft Q. IV systems using earth satellites 533 Sub-Group IV-D Active communication-satellite systems Draft Rec. IV (and Rev.) — 163 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 534 Study Group VIII Summary record of the second meeting — VIII 535 Sub-Group II-B Modifications to Docs. 18 and 141 Q. 178 II (Ann. 2/8) 536 Study Group V Summary record of the fourth meeting — V 537 Sub-Group XI-A Insertion of special signals in the field- Draft Rec. XI blanking interval of a 625-line television Q. 121 signal S.P. 177 538 Sub-Group XI-A Insertion of special signals in the field- Draft Rep. XI blanking interval of a television signal S.P. 177 539 Sub-Group XI-A Choice of standards for colour television Draft Rep. XI in the European area Q. 118 S.P. 80, 81 540 Sub-Group XI-A Video characteristics of a 625-line mono Draft Rep. XI chrome television system proposed for the Q. 120 international exchange of programmes 541 C.M.T.T. Summary record of the third meeting C.M.T.T. 542 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Telecommunication links for manned Draft Rec. IV research spacecraft 543 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Telecommunication links for manned Draft Rep. IV research spacecraft 544 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Preferred frequency bands for use in func Draft Rec. IV (and Rev.) tional telemetering, tracking and telecom Q. 209, 21^ mand of developmental and operational earth satellites 545 Sub-Group I-C Frequency tolerance of transmitters S.P. 169 I 546 C.M.T.T. Summary record of the fourth and last — C.M.T.T. meeting 547 Sub-Group II-A Modifications to the Annex of Doc. 321 Doc. 321 II 548 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television and Rev. of IX • telephony Docs. 484 and 485 549 Sub-Group III-A High-frequency directional antennae Doc. 191 * III

550 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 501 to 550) — — 551 Republic of China . Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary — — Assembly of the C.C.I.R. 552 Sub-Group VI-C Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and Draft S.P. VI transmission loss for frequencies between the approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 553 Sub-Group VI-C Study of sky-wave field-strength and trans Draft S.P. VI mission loss at frequencies between the (Ann. 6/20) approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 554 Sub-Group XI-A The present position of standards conver Draft Rep. XI sion Q. 120 S.P. 36 555 Sub-Group XI-A Reduction of the channel capacity required S.P. 119 XI for a television signal 556 Stucly Group VII Summary record of the third and last — VII meeting 557 Sub-Group IV-B-1 Technical characteristics of telecommuni Draft Rep. IV cation links between earth stations and Q. 211 spacecraft for research — 164 —

No. . Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 558 Sub-Group XI-A Amendments to Annex 11/9 to Doc. 11 Ann. 11/9 XI 559 Sub-Group VI-G Long-distance sky-wave propagation at Draft Res. VI frequencies below 150 kc/s S.P. (Ann. 6/18) 560 Study Group V VHF/UHF broadcasting propagation Draft Rep. V (and Rev., Add. 1, and Corr. 1,2) curves for the African continent 561 Sub-Group IV-A Communication-satellite systems Draft Rep. IV 562 Sub-Group VI-G Long-distance sky-wave propagation for Draft Res. VI frequencies between 150 kc/s and 1500 kc/s S.P. (Ann. 6/18) 563 Study Group XIII Summary record of the fourth meeting — XIII 564 Sub-Group IV-D Communication-satellite systems. Avoid Draft Rec. IV (and Rev.) ance of interference between earth stations Q. 210 and terrestrial radio stations sharing the same frequency bands 565 Study Group VI Summary record of the fourth meeting — VI 566 Sub-Group IV-D Communication-satellite systems Draft S.P. IV (and Rev.) Q. 209 567 Sub-Group IV-A Feasibility of direct sound and television Draft Rep. IV broadcasting from earth satellites Q. 215 568 Sub-Group IV-A Factors affecting multi-station access in Draft Rep. IV communication-satellite systems S.P. 178 569 Study Group IV Communication-satellite systems Draft Rep. IV 570 Sub-Group I-B Spurious radiation (of a radio emission) Draft Rec. I 571 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the second plenary meeting — 572 Sub-Group VI-G Predictions of ionospheric field-strength or Draft Rep. VI propagation loss for the frequency range S.P. (Ann. 6/18) 573 Sub-Group XI-A Final report — XI 574 Sub-Group IV-A-2 Active communication-satellite experiments. IV Preliminary results of tests and demonstra tions ' 575 Study Group IV Criteria for selection of preferred reference Draft Rec. IV frequencies for communication-satellite systems sharing frequency bands with line- of-sight radio-relay systems 576 C.M.T.T. Note for the attention of Study Group IV Doc. 420 c .m ; (and Rev.) (§D 577 Finance Committee Summary record of the first meeting — — 578 Study Group XIV Terms and definitions Draft Res. XIV 579 Study Group VIII Summary record of the third and last - VIII meeting 580 Study Group IX Summary record of the fifth meeting IX 581 Sub-Group IV-D Communication-satellite systems. Frequency Draft Rep. IV sharing between communication-satellite Q. 209 systems and terrestrial services 582 Study Group VI Summary of the fifth meeting — VI 583 Study Group II Summary record of the third meeting - II 584 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems employing so-called Draft Q. IX tropospheric-scatter propagation — 165 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 585 Study Group V Summary record of the fifth and last — V meeting 586 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Q. IX telephony. Preferred characteristcs for the transmission of colour television and the simultaneous transmission of colour tele vision and other signals 587 Organization Committee Report of the O/D working party — — 588 Study Group X Summary record of the third meeting — X 589 Study Group VI Special ionospheric propagation effects in Draft Q. VI equatorial regions 590 Organization Committee Summary record of the second meeting — 591 Study Group XII Summary record of the fourth and last — XII meeting 592 Rep. of Congo, Gabon Rep.., Letter to the Chairman of the Xth Plenary Central African Rep. Assembly of the C.C.I.R. Rep. of the Chad 593 Sub-Group IV-D Frequency sharing within and between Draft Rep. IV communication-satellite systems 594 Study Group IV Summary record of the fifth meeting — IV 595 Study Group I Summary record of the fourth and last -- I meeting 596 Study Group XIV General graphical symbols for telecommu Draft Res. XIV nication 597 Sub-Group IV-A Active earth-satellite communication Draft Rep. IV satellite systems. A comparative study of Q. 209 possible methods of modulation S.P. 175 598 Study Group IV Summary record of the sixth meeting — IV 599 Study Group X Stereophonic broadcasting Draft Rep. X 600 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 551 to 600) — — 601 Study Group XIV Coordination of the work of C.C.I.R. and Draft Res. XIV of other organizations on unification of means of expression 602 Study Group II Summary record of the fourth and last — II meeting 603 Study Group IX Radio-relay systems for television and Draft Rec. IX telephony 604 Ad Hoc Group Report of the Ad Hoc Group to the Ple Report — nary Assembly 605 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the third plenary meeting — — 606 Study Group IX Summary record of the sixth and last — IX meeting 607 Study Group III Summary record of the third and last — III meeting 608* Study Group XI Amendments to Docs. 213 and 214 — XI 608* Study Group IV Texts to be submitted to the Extraordinary IV Administrative Radio Conference, Geneva, 1963 609 Study Group VI Summary record of the sixth meeting — VI 610 Nigeria Technical cooperation activities — 611 Study Group IV Modifications to be made to Questions and IV Study Programmes assigned to Study Group IV

*No. 608 was assigned, by error, to two different documents. — 166 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 612 Rep. of the Congo Contribution to the work of the Ad Hoc — — (Leopoldville) Group 613 Study Group IV Texts approved by Study Group IV. Refer- — IV ences to Questions and Study Programmes 614 Organization Committee Report to the Plenary Assembly Report — (and Corr. 1 and Rev.) 615 Study Group IV Summary record of the seventh meeting — IV 616 Study Group XI Summary record of the second and last — XI meeting 617 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the fourth plenary meeting — — 618 Study Group IV Summary record of the eigth meeting — IV 619 Study Group X Summary record of the fourth and last — X ■ meeting 620 Study Group III Proposed small amendment to Recom- Rec. 241 ITI mendation 241 621 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the fifth plenary meeting — — 622 Study Group IV Summary record of the ninth and last — IV meeting 623 Study Group XIV - Draft amendment to Recommendation 143. Rec. 143 XIV Unit systems 624 Study Group XIV Draft amendment to Recommendation 324. Rec. 324 XIV Nomenclature of the frequency and wave length bands used in radiocommunications 625 Study Group XIV Terms and definitions Draft Rep. XIV 626 Organization Committee Summary record of the third meeting — 627 Study Group IX Proposed revision of Resolution 55 Res. 55 IX 628 Finance Committee Report by the Chairman of the Finance Report — (and Add. 1 and Rev.) Committee 629 France Comments by the French Administration Doc. 560 — on Doc. 560 (Rev.) (Rev.) 630 Study Group VI Summary record of the seventh and last — VI meeting 631 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the sixth plenary meeting — — 632 Study Group XIII Summary record of the fifth and last — XIII meeting 633 Chairman, Xth Plenary Validity of the C.C.I.R. texts in Volumes I to — — Assembly III of Los Angeles and in Addenda I to IV 634 Ad Hoc Group Report of the Ad Hoc Group of the Xth Report — (and Rev.) Plenary Assembly 635 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the seventh plenary meeting :— 636 Study Group XIV Summary record of the second and third — XIV (last) meetings 637 Organization Committee Summary record of the fourth meeting — — 638 Organization Committee Summary record of the fifth and last — — meeting 639 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the eight plenary meeting — — 640 Finance Committee Summary record of the second and last — — meeting 641 Chairman, Xth Plenary Communication from the Chairman of the — Assembly Plenary Assembly concerning the Plan Sub-Committee for Asia 642 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the ninth plenary meeting — — — 167 —

No. Submitted by Title Subject Study Group 643 C.C.I.R. Secretariat Minutes of the tenth and last plenary — — meeting 644 Study Group III International Group of Experts set up by Res. 1 III Resolution 1. Summary record of the first meeting 645 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of participants to the Xth Plenary — — Assembly 646 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of corrigenda, addenda and revised — — documents 647 C.C.I.R. Secretariat List of documents issued (Nos. 601-647) — — — 168 —

LIST OF DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL TO THE PLENARY ASSEMBLY BY THE DRAFTING COMMITTEE (Pink documents) Rec. : Recommendation Op. : Opinion Rep. : keport Q. : Question Res. : Resolution S.P. : Study Programme

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2001 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency division Rec. 385 IV 41 multiplex. Radio-frequency channel arrangements for systems with a capacity of 960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 8 Gc/s band 2002 Signal amplitudes in individual channels of multi-channel Res. 17 IV 130 telephone systems 2003 Information required on the transmission characteristics of line Res. 18 IV 130 systems for use in the design of radio-relay systems 2004 Ground-wave propagation curves for frequencies below Rec. 368 II 17 10 Mc/s 2005 Definition of a basic reference atmosphere Rec. 369 II 24 2006 VHF and UHF propagation curves for the frequency range Rec. 370 11 24 from 40 Mc/s to 1000 Mc/s. Broadcasting and mobile services 2007 Ground-wave propagation Q. 246 (V) II 222 2008 Propagation data required for line-of-sight radio-relay S.P. 185A (V) II 220 (and systems Rev.) 2009 Propagation data required for beyond-the-horizon radio-relay S.P. 185B (V) II 221 systems 2010 Effects of tropospheric refraction at frequencies below 10 Mc/s S.P. 246A (V) 11 223 2011 Ground-wave propagation over inhomogeneous earth S.P. 246B (V) 11 223 2012 Influence of the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere on wave S.P. 192 (V) II 233 propagation 2013 Investigation of multi-path transmission through the Rep. 237 II 133 troposphere 2014 Amendment to Report 138 Rep. 227 II 39 2015 Determination of the electrical characteristics of the surface of Rep. 229 II 61 the earth 20.16 Influence of irregular terrain on tropospheric propagation Rep. 236 II 129 (Add. and Rev.) 2017 Measurement of field strength for VHF (metric) and UHF Rep. 228 n 50 (decimetric) broadcast services, including television 2018 Reference atmospheres Rep. 231 ii 74 2019 Influence of the atmosphere on wave propagation Rep. 233 n 76 2020 Propagation data required for radio-relay systems. Cumulative Rep. 242 ii 182 distribution of the length of individual time intervals during which the path attenuation exceeds a given level 2021 Constants in the equation for the radio refractive index Rep. 232 n 75 2022 Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation Res. 11 ii 351 (and Rev.) 2023 Meaning of MUF Rec. 373 ii 242 — 169 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2024 Choice of solar indices for ionospheric propagation Rec. 371 II 240 2025 Use of satellite-borne ionosondes in orbits above the F2-peak Res. 6 II 341 (topside sounders) for the study of ionospheric propagation 2026 Fading of signals propagated by the ionosphere Op. 10 II 362 2027 Improvement in the network of ionospheric sounding stations Res. 5 II 340 2028 Prediction of indices of solar activity Op. 7 II 338 2029 Revision of atmospheric radio-noise data Res. 8 II 346 2030 Dissemination of basic indices for ionospheric propagation Res. 4 II 337 2031 High-frequency propagation by ducting above the F2-region Op. 8 II 352 peak 2032 Choice of basic indices for ionospheric propagation Q. 247 (VI) II 338 2033 Identification of precursors indicative of short-term variations S.P. 194 (VI) II 339 of ionospheric propagation conditions and methods for describing ionospheric disturbances and the performance of radio circuits 2034 Prediction of solar index S.P. 193 (VI) II 339 2035 Whistler mode of propagation S.P. 201 (VI) II 354 2036 Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below S.P. 206 (VI) II 361 1500 kc/s 2037 Propagation by way of sporadic-E and other anomalous S.P. 195 (VI) II 342 ionization in the E- and F-regions of the ionosphere 2038 Intermittent communication by meteor-burst propagation S.P. 196 (VI) II 343 2039 Ionospheric-scatter propagation S.P. 202 (VI) II 355 2040 Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation S.P. 200 (VI) II 351 2041 Pulse transmission tests at oblique incidence S.P. 197 (VI) II 343 2042 Back-scattering S.P. 203 (VI) II 356 2043 Measurement of atmospheric radio-noise S.P. 199 (VI) II 348 2044 Long-distance propagation of waves at 30 to 300 Mc/s by way Rep. 259’ II 293 of ionization by the E- and F-regions of the ionosphere 2045 Availability and exchange of basic data for radio propagation Rep. 248 II 256 forecasts , 2046 Prediction of solar index Rep. 245 II 244 2047 Measurement of man-made radio-noise Rep. 258 II 292 2048 Factors affecting propagation in communications with Rep. 263 II 312 spacecraft 2049 Meaning of MUF Rep. 256 II 289 2050 List of documents issued (Nos. 2001 to 2050) — — . — 2051 Tuning stability of receivers Rec. 333 I 165 2052 Sensitivity, selectivity and stability of television receivers Rec. 330 I 116 2053 Sensitivity and noise factor Q. 228 (II) I 213 2054 Selectivity of receivers Q. 229 (II) I 214 2055 Tuning stability of receivers Q. 230 (II) I 215 2056 Usable sensitivity of radio receivers in the presence of quasi- Rep. 183 I 175 impulsive interference 2057 Choice of intermediate-frequency and protection against Rep. 184 I 181 unwanted responses of super-heterodyne receivers 2058 Selectivity of receivers Rep. 185 I 183 2059 Multiple-signal methods of measuring selectivity Rep. 186 I 187 2060 Protection against keyed interfering signals Rep. 187 I 188 2061 Criteria for receiver tuning Rep. 188 I 193 2062 Methods of measuring phase/frequency or group-delay/ Rep. 189 I 195 frequency characteristics of receivers ' — 170 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2063 Suppression of amplitude-modulation (due to multi-path Rep. 190 I 197 propagation) in FM receivers 2064 Tuning stability of receivers. Stability of intermediate- Rep. 192 I 201 frequency amplifiers with electro-mechanical filters, semi conductor capacitances and ferromagnetic tuning 2065 Spectra and bandwidths of emissions Rec. 328 I 33 (and Add.) 2066 Methods of measuring emitted spectra in actual traffic S.P. 180 (I) I 100 2067 Spectra and bandwidths of emissions S.P. 181 (I) I 100 2068 Measurement of spectra and bandwidths of emissions Rec. 327 I 28 2069 Possibilities of reducing interference and of measuring actual Rep. 178 I 65 traffic spectra 2070 , Bandwidth of A1 and FI telegraphic emissions evaluation of Rep. 179 I 78 interference produced by these emissions 2071 Accuracy of frequency measurements at monitoring stations Rec. 377 III 226 2072 Automatic monitoring of occupancy of the radio-frequency Q. 255 (VIII) III 277 spectrum 2073 Frequency measurements at monitoring stations Q. 252 (VIII) III 275 2074 Identification of radio stations Q. 256 (VIII) III 278 2075 Bandwidth measurements by monitoring stations S.P. 207 (VIII) III 281 2076 Automatic monitoring of occupancy of the radio-frequency Rep. 278 III 253 spectrum 2077 Measurements at mobile monitoring stations Rep. 277 III 248 2078 Identification of radio stations Rep. 280 III 262 2079 Visual monitoring of the radio-frequency spectrum Rep. 279 III 260 (and Rev.*) 2080 International monitoring facilities Rep. 282 III 266 2081 Tropospheric absorption and refraction in relation to space S.P. 191 (V) II 231 telecommunication systems 2082 Radio transmission utilizing inhomogeneities in the Rep. 238 II 135 troposphere (commonly called “scattering”) 2083 lonospheric-scatter propagation Rep. 260 II 297 2084 Cessation of radio emissions from spacecraft Rec. 351 IV 154 2085 Identification of radio emissions from spacecraft Rec. 350 IV 154 2086 Communication-satellite systems for frequency-division Rep. 212 IV 249 multiplex telephony and monochrome television. Use of pre-emphasis by frequency modulation systems 2087 Active communication-satellite systems for multiplex telephony Rec. 352 IV 156 and/or monochrome television. Hypothetical reference circuit for intercontinental systems 2088 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmissions in additional , Rec. 375 III 194 frequency bands 2089 Avoidance of external interference with transmissions of the Rec. 376 III 195 standard-frequency service in the bands allocated to that service 2090 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmissions in additional Q. 249 (VII) III 218 frequency bands 2091 Stability of standard-frequency dnd time-signal transmissions Q. 250 (VII) III 219 as received 2092 Timing code standardization Q. 251 (VII) III 221 2093 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmissions S.P. 140A (VII) III 217

* French text only. — 171 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2094 Instability of standard-frequency standards generators S.P. 250B (VII) h i 220 2095 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmissions from S.P. 249A (VII) h i 219 artificial earth satellites 2096 Frequency spectrum conservation for high precision time Rep. 270 h i 211 signals 2097 Interconnection of auxiliary radio-relay systems at radio Rep. 284 IV 97 frequencies 2098 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Hypothetical Rec. 396 IV 65 reference circuit for radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division multiplex 2099 Effects of radio-noise in space on communications with S.P. 205 (VI) ii 358 spacecraft 2100 List of documents issued (Nos. 2051 to 2100) — — — 2101 Characteristics of the ionosphere affecting space tele S.P. 204 (VI) ii 357 communication systems 2102 Intermittent communication by meteor-burst propagation Rep. 251 ii 265 2103 Pulse transmission tests at oblique incidence Rep. 249 ii 261 2104 Fading of signals propagated by the ionosphere Rep. 266 ii 327 2105 Whistler mode of propagation Rep. 262 ii 310 2106 Choice of basic indices for ionospheric propagation Rep. 246 .ii 245 2107 A cause of reduced stability and accuracy in standard- Rep. 271 h i 212 frequency and time signals as received 2108 Basic long-term ionospheric predictions Res. 10 ii 349 2109 Classification and designation of emissions Rep. 175 i 47 2110 Cooperation with the International Special Committee on Op. 2 i 110 (and radio interference (C.I.S.P.R.) ReV.) 2111 Determination of the maximum level of interference caused by Rep. 182 i 93 industrial, scientific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment that is tolerable in complete radio systems 2112 Limitation of radiation from industrial, scientific and Q. 227 (I) i 106 medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment 2113 Classification and designation of emissions Op. 1 i 98 2114 Tropospheric propagation factors affecting the sharing of S.P. 190 (V) ii 229 the radio-frequency spectrum between radio-relay systems, including space and terrestrial telecommunications systems 2115 Influence of irregular terrain on tropospheric propagation S.P. 188 (V) ii 227 2116 Determination of the effects of atmospheric noise on the grade Q. 268 (XII) V 242 of reception in the tropical zone 2117 Interference in the bands shared with broadcasting Rep. 302 V 134 2118 Best method for calculating the field-strength produced by a Rep. 305 V 152 tropical broadcasting transmitter 2119 Design of transmitting antennae for tropical broadcasting Rep. 301 V 123 2120 Fading allowances for tropical broadcasting Rep. 304 V 149 2121 Technical characteristics of frequency-modulation VHF Rec. 425 III 152 (metric) maritime mobile equipments 2122 Spurious emissions from frequency-modulated VHF (metric) Rec. 426 III 154 maritime mobile equipment — 172 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2123 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio- Rec. 383 IV 35 ‘ frequency channel arrangements for systems for 600 to 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 6 Gc/s band 2124 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 392 IV 58 multiplex. Hypothetical reference circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of more than 60 telephone channels 2125 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 391 IV 57 multiplex. Hypothetical reference circuit for radio-relay systems with a capacity of 12 to 60 telephone channels 2126 Noise in circuits longer than 2500 km Rep. 288 IV 113 2127 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio Rec. 386 IV 43 frequency channel arrangements for systems with a capacity of 960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 8 Gc/s band 2128 Intercontinental radiotelephone systems and use of radio links Rec. 335 III 20 in international telephone circuits 2129 Principles of the devices used for achieving privacy of radio Rec. 336 III 22 telephone conversations 2130' Channel separation Rec. 337 III 23 2131 Bandwidth required at a telegraph or telephone receiver Rec. 338 III 23 output 2132 Bandwidths and signal-to-noise ratios in complete systems Rec. 339 III 24 2133 Facsimile transmission of meteorological charts over radio Rec. 343 III 41 circuits 2134 Standardization of phototelegraph systems for use on combined Rec. 344 III 42 radio and metallic circuits 2135 Four-frequency diplex systems Rec. 346 III 46 2136 Classification of multi-channel radiotelegraph systems for Rec. 347 III 48 long-range circuits operating on frequencies below about 30 Mc/s and designation of the channels in these systems 2137 Arrangement of channels in multi-channel single-sideband Rec. 348 III 50 and independent-sideband transmitters for long-range circuits operating at frequencies below 30 Mc/s 2138 Facsimile transmission of documentary matter over combined Q. 232 (III) III 127 radio and metallic circuits 2139 Use of common-frequency systems on international radio Q. 233 (III) III 128 telephone circuits 2140 Communication theory S.P. 133A (III) III 122 2141 Identification of carrier frequency relative to the assigned S.P. 187 (III) III 131 frequency of an emission 2142 Some aspects of the application of communication theory Rep. 196 III 98 2143 Arrangement of voice-frequency frequency-shift telegraph Rep. 199 III 101 channels on radio circuits 2144 Remote control signals for facsimile transmissions Rep. 201 III 103 2145 Identification of carrier frequency relative to the assigned Rep. 202 III 104 frequency of an emission 2146 Multi-path propagation on high-frequency radio circuits. Rep. 203 III 105 Measurements of path-time delay differences and their incidence on typical radio links 2147 Factor affecting quality of performance of complete systems of Rep. 197 III 100 the fixed services 2148 Voice-frequency (carrier) telegraphy on radio circuits Rep. 198 III 101 2149 Telegraphic distortion, error-rate Rep. 200 III 103 2150 List of documents issued (Nos. 2101 to 2150) — — — — 173 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2151 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 393 IV 60 multiplex. Allowable noise power in the hypothetical reference circuit 2152 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 395 IV 63 multiplex. Noise in real circuits 2153 Measurement of wow and flutter in recording equipment and Rec. 409 V 35 in sound reproduction 2154 Audio-frequency parameters for the stereophonic reproduction Rep. 293 V 100 of sound 2155 Measurement of programme level in sound broadcasting Rep. 292 V 98 2156 Sound recording for the international exchange of programmes Rec. 407 V 34 2157 Simultaneous transmission of two sound channels in television Q. 265 (X) V 211 2158 Standards for frequency-modulation sound broadcasting in the Rec. 412 V 41 VHF (metric) band 2159 Standards of sound recording for the international exchange Rep. 291 V 98 of programmes 2160 High-frequency broadcasting. Conditions for satisfactory Rec. 411 V 40 reception 2161 High-frequency broadcasting. Use of more than one frequency Rec. 410 V 40 per programme 2162 Standards for stereophonic recording on 6-25 mm (!4 in.) Rec. 408 V 34 two-track tape for the international exchange of broadcast programmes 2163 Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting. Protection ratios Q. 262 (X) V 209 2164 Recording of television signals on magnetic tape S.P. 266A (X) V 212 2165 High-frequency broadcasting. Bandwidth of emissions Rep. 297 V 113 2166 Low and medium-frequency broadcasting. High-efficiency Q. 264 (X) V 211 transmitting antennae 2167 Data on traffic loading and routing for use in developing Op. 3 IV 346 communication-satellite system facilities 2168 Effects of plasma on communications with spacecraft Q. 239 (IV) IV 354 2169. Factors affecting the selection of frequencies for tele Rep. 222 IV 302 communications with spacecraft re-entering the earth’s atmosphere 2170 Frequency bands for re-entry communications Rec. 367 IV 177 2171 Frequency bands for re-entry communications S.P. 239A (IV) IV 354 2172 Technical characteristics of communication-satellite systems Q. 235 (IV) IV 347 2173 Active communication-satellite systems for frequency-division Rec. 353 IV 157 multiplex telephony. Allowable noise power in the basic hypothetical reference circuit 2174 Active communication-satellite systems for monochrome Rec. 354 IV 158 television. Video bandwidth and permissible noise in the hypothetical reference circuit 2175 Factors affecting the selection of frequencies for tele Rep. 205 IV 185 communications with and between spacecraft 2176 VHF and UHF propagation curves in the frequency range Rep. 239 II 137 from 40 Mc/s to 1000 Mc/s. Broadcasting and mobile services 2177 VHF and UHF propagation curves in the frequency range S.P. 189 (V) II 228 40 Mc/s to 1 Gc/s. Broadcasting and mobile services — 174 —

.No. Title ' Final text(s) Vol. Page

2178 Amendment to Recommendation 251 Withdrawn — ■ — 2179 Interference level on the radiotelegraph distress frequency Rec. 429 III 158 2180 Direction-finding by ships in the 2 Mc/s band Rec. 428 III 156 2181 Publication of the “Codes and abbreviations for the inter Op. 20 III 180 national telecommunication services” published by the International Telecommunication Union 2182 Amendment to Report 92. Marine identification devices Rep. 318 III 167 2183 Signal-to-interference protection ratios and minimum field Q. 272 (XIII) III 186 strengths required in the mobile services 2184 Use of classes of emission A2H and A3H on the distress Q. 273 (XIII) III 187 frequencies 500 kc/s and 2182 kc/s respectively 2185 Emergency positioning-indicating radiobeacons Op. 21 III 185 2186 Single-sideband operation for the standard-frequency and S.P. MOB (VII) III 218 time-signal service 2187 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmission Res. 14 III 216 2188 Standard-frequency and time-signal transmissions Rec. 374 III 193 2189 Facsimile transmission of meteorological charts for reception Q. 274 (XIII) III 188 in ships 2190 Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime Res. 19 III 180 mobile radiotelephone service 2191 Response of broadcast and television receivers to impulsive Rec. 334 I 174 and quasi-impulsive interference 2192 Identification of precursors indicative of short-term variations Rep. 247 II 251 and evaluation of the reliability of short-term forecasts of ionospheric propagation conditions 2193 Effects of tropospheric refraction at frequencies below 10 Mc/s Rep. 235 II 127 2194 Tropospheric propagation data for broadcasting, space and Res. 2 II 230 point-to-point communications 2195 Typical receivers (see Doc. 2295) S.P. 185 (II) I 218 2196 Accuracy of field-strength measurements by “monitoring Rec. 378 III 227 stations 2197 Identification of radio stations Rec. 379 III 228 2198 Frequency measurements at monitoring stations Rep. 272 III 231 2199 Identification of sources of interference to radio reception Q. 257 (VIII) III 278 2200 List of documents issued (Nos. 2151 to 2200) . — — — 2201 Monitoring at fixed monitoring stations of radio transmissions Rep. 276 Ill 243 from spacecraft 2202 Expeditious method of determining field-strength in the Q. 253 (VIII) III 276 international monitoring system 2203 Direction-finding at monitoring stations Q. 254 (VIII) III 276 2204 Measurement of S-values at monitoring stations Rep. 274 111 240 2205 Bandwidth measurement by monitoring stations Rep. 275 III 241 2206 Identification of Sources of interference to radio reception Res. 16 III 272 (and Rev.) 2207 List of stations using special identification means Op. 11 III 272 2208 Extension of the international monitoring system to a world Res. 15 III 271 wide scale 2209 Types and methods of assistance by monitoring stations to the Q'. 259 (VIII) III 280 operation of various radio services 2210 Antennae for monitoring stations Q. 258 (VIII) III 279 — 175 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2211 Telecommunication links for deep-space research. Rec. 365 IV 173 Frequencies, bandwidths and interference criteria 2212 Interference considerations for telecommunication links used Rep. 220 IV 294 for deep-space research 2213 Active communication-satellite systems for frequency-division Rep. 208 IV 218 multiplex telephony and monochrome television. Form of the basic hypothetical reference circuit and allowable noise standards; video bandwidth and sound channel for television 2214 Communication-satellite systems sharing frequency bands Rec. 357 IV 161 with line-of-sight radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel of a radio-relay system 2215 Radioastronomy Q. 244 (IV) IV 358 2216 Line frequencies or bands, of interest to radioastronomy and Rep. 223 IV 304 related sciences, in the 30 to 300 Gc/s range arising from natural phenomena 2217 Radioastronomy Rep. 224 IV 307 2218 The possibility of sharing between radioastronomy and other Rep. 225 IV 326 services 2219 Radioastronomy Withdrawn — — (and Rev.) 2220 Radar astronomy Q. 245 (IV) IV 359 2221 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 380 IV 21 multiplex - Interconnection at baseband frequencies 2222 Communication-satellite systems sharing frequency bands Rec. 357 IV 161 with line-of-sight radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel of a radio-relay system (see Doc. 2214) 2223 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rep. 283 IV 94 multiplex. Technical characteristics to be specified to enable interconnection between any two systems 2224 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio Rec. 387 IV 44 frequency channel arrangements for systems with a capacity of 960 channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 11 Gc/s band 2225 Radio-relay systems for television. Simultaneous transmission Rec. 402 IV 83 of a monochrome television signal and a single sound channel. Preferred characteristics of the sound channel 2226 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred Rep. 290 IV 119 characteristics for the transmission of more than one sound channel - Transmission of up to six sound channels 2227 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Frequencies Rec. 401 IV 75 and deviations of continuity pilots 2228 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 398 IV 69 multiplex. Maintenance measurements in actual traffic 2229 Radio-relay systems for telephony using time-division Rec. 394 IV 62 multiplex. Allowable noise power in the hypothetical reference circuit 2230 Tolerable receiver tuning instability Rep. 191 I 199 2231 Selectivity of receivers Rec. 332 I 136 2232 Noise and sensibility of receivers Rec. 331 I 117 2233 Ground-wave propagation over inhomogeneous earth Rep. 230 II 68 2234 Performance specifications for low-cost sound broadcasting Rec. 415 . V 51 receivers — 176 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2235 Performance specifications for low-cost sound broadcasting Rec. 416 V 54 receivers for community listening 2236 Automatic remote monitoring of the fundamental qualitative S!P. 121A V 250 parameters of television chains (see. Doc. 2249) (C.M.T.T.) 2237 Requirements for the transmission of colour television signals Rep.316 V 195 over long distances 2238 Requirements for the transmission of monochrome television Rec. 421 V 70 signals over long distances 2239 Propagation data required for radio-relay systems Rep. 241 II 182 2240 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred Rec. 389 * IV 48 characteristics of auxiliary radio-relay systems operating in the 2, 4, 6 or 11 Gc/s bands 2241 Service channels for radio-relay systems. Types of service Rec. 400 IV 73 channel to be provided 2242 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 399 IV 71 multiplex. Measurement of performance with the help of a signal consisting of a continuous uniform spectrum 2243 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Radio-frequency Rec. 388 IV 47 channel arrangements 2244 Radio-relay systems for telephony using frequency-division Rec. 404 IV 85 multiplex. Frequency deviation 2245 Definition of hypothetical reference circuits for television. Q. 269 V 252 For application to real circuits longer than 2500 km (C.M.T.T.) 2246 Interconnection of radio-relay and line systems. Line Rec. 381 IV 25 regulating and other pilots. Limits for the residues of signals outside the baseband 2247 Line-of-sight radio-relay systems sharing the same frequency Rec. 406 IV 90 bands as the satellite receivers of active earth-satellite communication systems. Maximum effective radiated powers of line-of-sight radio-relay system transmitters 2248 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Rec. 403 IV 84 Intermediate frequency characteristics 2249 Automatic remote monitoring of the fundamental qualitative S.P. 121A V 250 parameters of television chains (C.M.T.T.) 2250 List of documents issued (Nos. 2201 to 2250) — — — 2251 Time differences between the sound and vision components Q. 270 V 253 of a television signal (C.M.T.T.) 2252 Influence of the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere on the Rep. 234 II 121 propagation of waves 2253 Tropospheric-wave propagation curves for application to Rep. 243 II 188 interference problems in the range from 1 to 10 Gc/s 2254 Influence of the non-ionized regions of the atmosphere on wave Res. 3 II 232 propagation 2255 Use of atmospheric radio-noise data Rec. 372 II 241 2256 Power of radio transmitters. Relationships between the Rec. 326 I 14 peak envelope power, the mean power and the carrier power of a radio transmitter 2257 Definitions of the terms emission, transmission and radiation Rec. 325 I 13 2258 Examination of results obtained by the International Special S.P. 227B (I) I 108 Committee on radio interference 2259 Interference in the bands shared with broadcasting Rep. 302 V 134 2260 Determination of noise level for tropical broadcasting Rep. 303 V 145 2261 Spurious radiation (of an emission) S.P. 182 (I) I 103 2262 Stabilized frequency transmissions and monitoring facilities Rep. 268 III 206 in bands 4 and 5 — 177 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2263 Reduction of mutual interference hetween standard-frequency Rep. 269 Ill 210 and time-signal transmissions 2264 Standard-frequencies and time signals Rep. 267 III 197 2265 Factors affecting the possibility of frequency sharing Rep. 226 IV 338. between radar astronomy with other services 2266 Protection of radiocommunication equipment from inter- S.P. 227C (I) I 109 ference by industrial, scientific and medical installations and other kinds of electrical equipment 2267 Frequency stabilization of transmitters Rep. 180 I 88 2268 Frequency tolerance of transmitters S.P. 184 (I) I 105 2269 Frequency stabilisation of transmitters S.P. 183(1) I 104 2270 Compression of the radiotelephone signal spectrum in the Rep. 176 I 63 high frequency bands 2271 Compression of the radiotelegraph signal spectrum in the Rep. 177 I 64 HF bands 2272 Frequency tolerance of transmitters Rep. 181 I 90 2273 Telecommunication links for near-earth research satellites. Rec. 364 IV 171 Frequencies, bandwidths and interference criteria 2274 Interference considerations for near-earth research satellite Rep. 219 IV 288 telecommunication links 2275 Radiocommunication for meteorological-satellite systems Q. 243 (IV) IV 357 2276 Radiocommunication aspects of meteorological-satellite S.P. 243A (IV) IV 357 systems 2277 Telecommunication links for manned research spacecraft Rec. 366 IV 175 2278 Telecommunication links for manned research spacecraft. Rep. 221 IV 300 Frequencies, bandwidths and interference criteria 2279 Estimation of tropospheric wave transmission loss Rep. 244 II 191 2280 Identification of sources of interference to radio reception Rep. 281 III 263 2281 Field-strength measurements at monitoring stations Rep. 273 III 235 2282 Long-distance ionospheric propagation without intermediate Rep. 250 II 264 ground reflection 2283 Questions submitted by the I.F.R.B. Rep. 257 II 291 2284 Communication-satellite systems sharing the same frequency Rec. 356 IV 160 bands as line-of-sight radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of interference in a telephone channel of a communication-satellite system 2285 Active communication-satellite systems. Feasibility of sharing Rec. 355 IV 159 frequency bands with terrestrial radio services 2286 Technical characteristics of telecommunication links between Rep. 218 IV 272 earth stations and spacecraft for research purposes 2287 Communication-satellite systems. The effects of Doppler Rep. 214 IV 252 frequency-shifts, transmission time delays and switching discontinuities 2288 Active communication-satellite experiments. Preliminary Rep. 207 IV 216 results of tests and demonstrations 2289 Communication-satellite systems. General considerations Rep. 206 IV 206 relating to the choice of orbit, satellite and type of system 2290 Communication-satellite systems. Feasibility of frequency S.P. 235C (IV) IV 349 sharing among communication-satellite systems — 178 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2291 Communication-satellite systems sharing the same frequency Rec. 358 IV 162 bands as line-of-sight radio-relay systems. Maximum allowable values of power flux density at the surface of the earth produced by communication satellites 2292 Propagation curves for VHF/UHF broadcasting in the African Rep. 240 II 143 (and Continent Rev.) 2293 Back-scattering Rej>. 261 II 306 2294 Basic prediction information for ionospheric propagation Rep. 255 II 279 2295 'Typical receivers S.P. 185 (II) I 218 (and Rev.) 2296 Assessment of stability of a receiver Q. 231 (II) I 216 2297 Spurious emissions from receivers Rep. 193 I 202 2298 Interference caused to FM reception by AM and FM VHF Rep. 194 I 205 mobile stations 2299 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio Rec. 384 IV 37 frequency channel arrangements for systems with a capacity of either 2700 telephone channels or 960 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 6 Gc/s band 2300 List of documents issued (Nos. 2251 to 2300) — — 2301 Optimum use of the radio-frequency spectrum Res. 1 HI 111 2302 Fading allowances for the various classes of service Rec. 340 III 26 2303 Bandwidth and signal-to-noise ratios in complete systems. Rep. 195 III 90 Prediction of the performance of telegraph systems in terms of bandwidth and signal-to-noise ratio 2304 Automatic error correcting system for telegraph signals Rec. 342 III 32 transmitted over radio links 2305 Radiotelegraph circuits used in automatic switched-networks S.P. 3B (III) III 116 2306 Frequency stability required for single-sideband, independent- Rec. 349 III 52 sideband and telegraph systems to make the use of automatic frequency control superfluous 2307 Telegraphic distortion Rec. 345 III 44 2308 Efficiency factor S.P. 186 (III) III 130 2309 Definitions of hypothetical reference circuits Rec. 390 IV 55 2310 Radio-relay systems for telephony and television. Systems of Rep. 287 IV 106 capacity greater than 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent 2311 Spurious radiation (of a radio emission) Rec. 329 I 40 2312 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Diversity S.P. 260B (IX) IV - 139 techniques 2313 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Allowable noise Rec. 397 IV 66 power in the hypothetical reference circuit for telephony transmission using frequency-division multiplex 2314 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred Rep. 289 IV 117 characteristics for the transmission of more than one sound channel. Simultaneous transmission of television and a maximum of four sound channels 2315 Radio-relay systems for television. Pre-emphasis Rec. 405 IV 86 characteristics for frequency modulation systems 2316 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems. Transmission, Rep. 285 IV 98 interference and interconnection 2317 Tropospheric-scatter radio-relay systems Q. 260 (IX) IV 137 2318 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred Q. 261 (IX) IV 139 characteristics for the transmission of colour television and the simultaneous transmission of colour television and other signals — 179 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2319 Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss Rep. 252 II 267 between the approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 2320 Systematic measurements of sky-wave field-strength and Rep. 253 II 272 transmission loss at frequencies between the approximate limits of 1-5 and 40 Mc/s 2321 Minimum field strengths for which protection may be sought Rec. 417 V 58 in planning a television service 2322 Ratio of the wanted-to-unwanted signal in monochrome Rec. 418 V 59 television 2323 Directivity of antennae in the reception of broadcast sound Rec. 419 V 68 (and and television Add.) 2324 Ratio of the wanted-to-unwanted signal in television Q. 267 (XI) V 226 2325 Ratio of the wanted-to-unwanted signal in television. Use S.P. 267A (XI) V 226 of the offset method, when there are great differences between the carrier-frequencies of the interfering stations 2326 Subjective assessment of the quality of television pictures S.P. 152A (XI) V 224 2327 Ratio of wanted-to-unwanted signal for colour television Rep. 306 V 166 (and in bands IV and V Add.) 2328 Protection ratios for television in the shared bands. Protection Rep. 307 ’ V 169 against radionavigation transmitters operating in the band 582 to 606 Mc/s 2329 Characteristics of monochrome television systems Rep. 308 V 171 2330 Constitution of a system of stereoscopic television Rep. 312 V 189 2331 Assessment of the quality of television pictures Rep. 313 V 190 2332 Insertion of special signals in the field-blanking interval of a Rec. 420 V 69 625-line television signal 2333 Insertion of special signals in the field-blanking interval of a Rep. 314 V 191 television signal 2334 Choice of standards for colour television in the European area Rep. 309 V 183 2335 Video characteristics of a 625-line monochrome television Rep. 310 V 183 system proposed for the international exchange of programmes < 2336 The present position of standards conversion Rep. 311 V 185 2337 Reduction of the channel capacity required for a television Rep. 315 V 194 signal 2338 World distribution and characteristics of atmospheric Res. 9 II 347 radio-noise 2339 Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below Rep. 265 II 326 150 kc/s 2340 Sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss at frequencies , Res. 7 II 344 between the approximate limits of L5 and 40 Mc/s 2341 Frequency sharing within and between communication- Rep. 210 IV 232 satellite systems 2342 Communication-satellite systems. Avoidance of interference Rec. 359 IV 164 between earth stations and terrestrial radio stations sharing the same frequency bands. Determination of the coordination distance 2343 Terms and definitions relating to space radiocommunication Rep. 204 IV 181 2344 Feasibility of direct sound and television broadcasting Q. 241 (IV) IV *356 from satellites 2345 Feasibility of direct sound and television broadcasting Rep. 215 IV 262 from satellites * — 180 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2346 Selective calling devices for the international mobile Rep. 320 Ill 174 radiotelephone services 2347 Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime S.P. 271A (XIII) III 182 mobile radiotelephone services 2348 Selective calling devices for use in the international maritime Q. 271 (XIII) III 181 mobile radiotelephone services 2349 Characteristics of equipment and principles governing the Res. 20 III 184 allocation of channels in the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) land mobile services 2350 List of documents issued (Nos. 2301 to 2350) — __ 2351 Characteristics of equipment and principles governing the Rep. 319 III 171 allocation of frequency channels in the VHF (metric) and UHF (decimetric) land mobile services 2352 Technical characteristics of radionavigation-satellite systems Q. 242 (IV) IV 356 2353 Frequency requirements of radionavigation-satellite systems Rec. 361 IV 167 2354 Use of satellites for terrestrial radionavigation Rep. 216 IV 267 2355 Frequencies technically suitable for meteorological satellites Rec. 362 IV 169 2356 Radiocommunications for meteorological satellite systems Rep. 217 IV 270 2357 Preferred frequency bands for use in maintenance telemetering, Rec. 363 IV 170 tracking and telecommand of developmental and operational satellites 2358 Communication-satellite systems. Frequency sharing Rep. 209 IV 221 between communication-satellite systems and terrestrial services 2359 Revision of the documents of Study Group XIII Rec. 422, 423 III 148,149 424, 427 151, 155 Rep. 317 165 Res. 20 184 2360 General graphical symbols for telecommunications Res. 23 I 246 VI 91 2361 Active communication-satellite systems. A comparative Rep. 211 IV 233 study of possible methods of modulation 2362 Criteria for selection of preferred reference frequencies for Rec. 360 IV 165 communication-satellite systems sharing frequency bands with line-of-sight radio-relay systems 2363 Factors affecting multi-station access in communication- Rep. 213 IV 250 satellite systems 2364 Long-distance sky-wave propagation for frequencies between Res. 12 II 359 150 kc/s and 1500 kc/s 2365 Measurement of atmospheric radio-noise Rep. 254 II 277 2366 Estimation of sky-wave field-strength and transmission loss S.P. 198 (VI) II 346 for frequencies between the approximate limits of 1 -5 and 40 Mc/s 2367 Long-distance sky-wave propagation at frequencies below Res. 13 II 360 150 kc/s 2368 Predictions of ionospheric field-strength or propagation loss Rep. 264 II 313 (and for the frequency range between 150 and 1500 kc/s Corr.) 2369 Protection ratios for amplitude-modulation sound Rep. 298 V 114 broadcasting 2370 Recording of television signals on magnetic tape Q. 266 (X) V 212 2371 Recording of monochrome television signals on magnetic tape Rep. 295 V 105 2372 Recording standards for the international exchange of Rep. 294 V 104 television programmes on film — 181 —

No. Title Final text(s) Vol. Page 2373 Recording standards for the international exchange of Rec. 264 V 27 television programmes 2374 Recording standards for the international exchange of Op. 17 V' 202 programmes 2375 Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting services. S.P. 205A (X) V 208 Compatible single-sideband (CSSB) transmission 2376 Compatible single-sideband transmission (CSSB) for Rep. 299 V 116 amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting services 2377 Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting. Reception of Q. 263 (X) V 210 the sky-wave signal 1 2378 Amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting. Protection ratios. S.P. 262A (X) V 210 Objective two-signal methods of measurements 2379 Presentation of the results of subjective measurements of Rec. 413 V 43 protection ratios for amplitude-modulation sound broadcasting 2380 High-frequency broadcasting. Protection at a great distance Rep. 296 V 112 by the use of directional antennae 2381 Directional antennae. Presentation of antenna diagrams Rec. 414 V 44 2382 Stereophonic broadcasting Rep, 300 V 118 2383 Tropospheric-scatter systems. Radio-frequency channel . Rep. 286 IV 104 arrangements for systems using frequency modulation 2384 Terms and definitions Res. 21 I 241 2385 Coordination of the work of C.C.I.R. and of other Res. 22 I 245 organizations on unification of means of expression 2386 Special problems of HF radiocommunication associated Q. 248 (VI) II 353 with the equatorial ionosphere 2387 Recording standards for the international exchange of Rec. 265 V 27 television programmes. Film recording 2388 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Radio- Rec. 382 IV 32 frequency channel arrangements for systems for 600 to 1800 telephone channels, or the equivalent, operating in the 2 and 4 Gc/s bands 2389 Modifications to be made to Questions and Study S.P. 235A (IV) IV 348 Programmes assigned to Study Group IV 235B (IV) 349 235D (IV) 350 235E (IV) 351 Q. 234 (IV) 346 236 (IV) 351 237 (IV) 352 238 (IV) 353 240 (IV) 355 2390 Unit systems Rec. 430 I 237 2391 Nomenclature of the frequency and wavelength bands used Rec. 431 I 237 in radiocommunications 2392 Terms and definitions. Right-hand (clockwise) or left-hand Rep. 321 I 239 (anti-clockwise) elliptically or circularly polarized (electro magnetic) waves 2393 Small amendment to Rec. 241. The concept of transmission Rec. 341 III 29 loss in studies of radio systems 2394 Radio-relay systems for television and telephony. Preferred Op. 14 IV 128 frequency bands and centre frequencies for radio-relay links for international connections 2395 Technical standards for use in the frequency planning of Op. 18 V 202 amplitude-modulated sound broadcasting 2396 C.C.I.R. texts to be presented to the E.A.R.C., Geneva, 1963 Res. 28 VI 96 2397 List of corrigenda, addenda and revised documents — — 2398 List of documents issued (Nos. 2351 to 2398) — PRINTED IN SWITZERLAND